ENTERPRISE BANCORP INC /MA/
10KSB, 1998-03-24
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: EQUITY INCOME FUND SEL SER 1997 YEAR AHEAD INTL PORT DEF, 24F-2NT, 1998-03-24
Next: ROFIN SINAR TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-K, 1998-03-24




                     U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   Form 10-KSB


   [X] ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
       OF 1934 [Fee Required] For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

 [ ] TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
            OF 1934 [No Fee Required] For the transition period from
                        _____________ to _______________

                         Commission file number 0-21021


                            Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)


          Massachusetts                            04-3308902 
 (State or other  jurisdiction  of        (IRS Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

               222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts, 01852
              (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)


(Issuer's telephone number, including area code)             (978) 459-9000

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 Title of each class             Name of each exchange on which registered
None

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

(Title of Class)


Check  whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ..X.... No......

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation  S-B is not  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will  be
contained,  to the best of the  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ X ]

State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year.  $25,214,000

State the  aggregate  market  value of the voting  stock held by  non-affiliates
computed by reference  to the price at which the stock was sold,  or the average
bid and asked  prices of such stock,  as of a specified  date within the past 60
days. $25,732,906 as of February 28, 1998

State the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common
equity, as of the latest practicable date: February 28, 1998, Common Stock - Par
Value $0.01: 1,580,217 shares outstanding

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
(1) any  annual  report  to  security  holders;  (2) any  proxy  or  information
statement;  and (3) any  prospectus  filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) of the
Securities  Act of 1933  ("Securities  Act").  Portions  of the  issuer's  proxy
statement for its annual meeting of  stockholders  to be held on May 5, 1998 are
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB.

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one): Yes .......... No X

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     Page Number
<S>         <C>                                                                         <C>
                                     PART I

Item 1       Description of Business                                                       3

Item 2       Description of Property                                                      16

Item 3       Legal Proceedings                                                            17

Item 4       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                          17

                                     PART II

Item 5       Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters                     18

Item 6       Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation                    19

Item 7       Financial Statements                                                         27

Item 8       Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
             and Financial Disclosure                                                     55

                                    Part III

Item 9       Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons                 55

Item 10      Executive Compensation                                                       56

Item 11      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management               56

Item 12      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                               56

Item 13      Exhibits List and Reports on Form 8-K                                        56
</TABLE>

                SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains certain  "forward-looking  statements" including statements
concerning plans,  objectives,  future events or performance and assumptions and
other statements which are other than statements of historical fact.  Enterprise
Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "company")  wishes to caution  readers that the  following
important  factors,  among  others,  may have  affected  and could in the future
affect  the  company's  results  and  could  cause  the  company's  results  for
subsequent   periods  to  differ   materially   from  those   expressed  in  any
forward-looking  statement  made  herein:  (i) the effect of changes in laws and
regulations,  including  federal and state  banking laws and  regulations,  with
which the company or its subsidiaries  must comply,  and the associated costs of
compliance with such laws and regulations  either  currently or in the future as
applicable;  (ii) the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as
may be adopted by the regulatory agencies as well as by the Financial Accounting
Standards Board, or of changes in the company's  organization,  compensation and
benefit plans; (iii) the effect on the company's competitive position within its
market area of the increasing  competition from larger regional and out-of-state
banking  organizations  as well  as  non-bank  providers  of  various  financial
services;  (iv) the effect of  unforeseen  changes in  interest  rates;  (v) the
effect of changes in the business cycle and downturns in the local,  regional or
national  economies;  and (vi)  the  potential  for the  company  to  materially
underestimate  the cost to be incurred  and/or the time  required in  connection
with systems preparation for year 2000 compliance.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

Item 1. Description of Business

                                   THE COMPANY

                                     General

Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (the "company") is a Massachusetts  corporation,  which
was  organized on February 29, 1996,  at the  direction of  Enterprise  Bank and
Trust Company,  a Massachusetts  trust company (the "bank"),  for the purpose of
becoming the holding company for the bank. On July 26, 1996, the bank became the
wholly owned  subsidiary of the company and the former  shareholders of the bank
became  shareholders of the company.  The business and operations of the company
are subject to the regulatory oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System. To the extent that this report contains information as of a date
or for a period prior to July 26, 1996, such  information  pertains to the bank.
The company had no material  assets or  operations  prior to  completion  of the
holding company reorganization on July 26, 1996.

Substantially  all of the company's  operations are conducted  through the bank.
The bank is a Massachusetts  trust company which commenced banking operations on
January 3, 1989. The bank's  deposit  accounts are insured by the Bank Insurance
Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") up to the maximum
amount  provided by law. The FDIC and the  Massachusetts  Commissioner  of Banks
(the "Commissioner") have regulatory authority over the bank.

The  company's  headquarters  and the  bank's  main  office  are  located at 222
Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts. Additional branch offices are located
in the  Massachusetts  cities and towns of  Chelmsford,  Leominster,  Billerica,
Tewksbury and Dracut.  The bank's deposit  gathering and lending  activities are
conducted  primarily  in the city of Lowell  and the  surrounding  Massachusetts
towns of Andover,  Billerica,  Chelmsford,  Dracut,  Tewksbury,  Tyngsboro,  and
Westford and in the cities of Leominster and Fitchburg.  The bank offers a range
of  commercial,  consumer and trust services with a goal of satisfying the needs
of consumers, small and medium-sized businesses and professionals.

                                     Lending

The  bank  specializes  in  lending  to  small  and   medium-sized   businesses,
corporations, partnerships and individuals. Loans made by the bank to businesses
include  commercial  mortgage  loans,  loans  guaranteed  by the Small  Business
Association  (SBA),  construction  loans,  revolving  lines of  credit,  working
capital loans, equipment financing and letters of credit. Loans made by the bank
to  individuals   include   residential   mortgage  loans,  home  equity  loans,
residential  construction loans,  unsecured and secured personal lines of credit
and mortgage loans on investment and vacation properties.

At December 31, 1997, the bank had gross loans  outstanding  of $181.7  million,
which  represented  approximately  56.3%  of the  company's  total  assets.  The
interest rates charged on these loans vary with the degree of risk, maturity and
amount,  and are further  subject to competitive  pressures,  market rates,  the
availability of funds, and legal and regulatory requirements.

At December  31,  1997,  the bank's  statutory  lending  limit,  based on 20% of
capital,  to any single  borrower was  approximately  $4.6  million,  subject to
certain exceptions provided under applicable law. At December 31, 1997, the bank
had no outstanding  lending  relationships or commitments in excess of the legal
lending limit.

                                       3
<PAGE>
The following  table sets forth the loan balances for certain loan categories at
the dates indicated and the percentage of each category to total gross loans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            December 31,
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997                 1996                1995               1994                1993
                              -------------------   ------------------  ----------------   ------------------   ----------------
($ in thousands)                Amount       %        Amount      %      Amount      %      Amount        %      Amount      %
                              ---------   -------   ---------   ------  --------  ------   --------    ------   -------   ------

<S>                          <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>        <C>  
Comm'l real estate            $ 66,836      36.8%    $ 52,378    36.1%  $ 42,514   36.0%   $ 40,267     34.9%   $37,375    41.8%
Commercial                      42,202      23.2%      38,202    26.3%    28,353   24.0%     25,980     22.5%    19,242    21.5%
Residential mortgages           42,648      23.5%      35,918    24.7%    32,872   27.8%     33,748     29.3%    18,119    20.2%
Home equity                     12,203       6.7%       8,255     5.7%     5,250    4.4%      5,877      5.1%     6,276     7.0%
Construction                    13,149       7.2%       6,474     4.4%     5,844    4.9%      5,930      5.1%     4,860     5.4%
Other                            4,657       2.6%       4,043     2.8%     3,379    2.9%      3,543      3.1%     3,677     4.1%
                              --------               --------           --------           --------             -------
  Gross loans                  181,695     100.0%     145,270   100.0%   118,212  100.0%    115,345    100.0%    89,549   100.0%
Less: Deferred fees              1,111                    950                549                555                 518
Allowance for                                                                                         
  loan losses                    4,290                  3,895              4,107              4,341               4,133
                              --------               --------           --------           --------             -------
  Net loans                   $176,294               $140,425           $113,556           $110,449             $84,898
                              ========               ========           ========           ========             =======
</TABLE>
                                                                       
Commercial, Commercial Real Estate and Construction Loans

The following table sets forth scheduled maturities of commercial,  construction
and commercial  real estate loans in the bank's  portfolio at December 31, 1997.
Loans having no stated  maturity  are  reported as due in one year or less.  The
following  table also sets forth the dollar  amount of loans which are scheduled
to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable rates.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Commercial
($ in thousands)                                    Commercial     Construction     Real Estate
- ----------------                                    ----------     ------------     -----------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>           <C>
Amounts due:
     One year or less                                $ 6,047          $10,883        $ 1,881
After one year through five years                     14,106            1,732          3,967
Beyond five years                                     22,049              534         60,988
                                                     -------          -------        -------
                                                     $42,202          $13,149        $66,836
                                                     =======          =======        =======
                                                                                    
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:                                  
     Fixed                                           $ 6,149          $    50        $ 9,686
     Adjustable                                       30,006            2,216         55,269
</TABLE>
                                                   
Scheduled contractual maturities may not reflect the actual maturities of loans.
The average maturity of loans is likely to be  substantially  shorter than their
contractual terms principally due to prepayments.

Commercial  loans include working capital loans,  equipment  financing,  standby
letters of credit, term loans and revolving lines of credit.  Construction loans
include  construction  loans to both  individuals  and  businesses.  Included in
commercial loans are loans under various Small Business  Administration programs
amounting to $5.0  million,  $3.9  million,  and $3.1 million as of December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Commercial,  commercial real estate and construction  loans secured by apartment
buildings,  office  facilities,  shopping  malls,  raw land or other  commercial
property,  were $122.2 million at December 31, 1997, representing an increase of
$25.1 million, or 25.9%, from the previous year. This compares to an increase of
$20.3 million or 26.5% from 1995 to 1996.  The growth in 1997 is a reflection of
the bank's continued aggressive customer-call efforts,  additional lenders hired
during 1996 and 1997,  an increase in marketing  and  advertising  and increased
penetration in the markets surrounding the bank's newer branches.

                                       4
<PAGE>
Commercial real estate lending may entail significant  additional risks compared
to  residential  mortgage  lending.  Loan size is  typically  larger and payment
experience on such loans can be more easily influenced by adverse  conditions in
the real  estate  market or in the economy in  general.  Construction  financing
involves a higher degree of risk than long term  financing on improved  occupied
real estate. Property values at completion of construction or development can be
influenced  by  underestimation  of the  construction  costs  that are  actually
expended  to complete  the  project.  Thus,  the bank may be required to advance
funds  beyond the original  commitment  in order to finish the  development.  If
projected cash flows to be derived from the loan collateral or the values of the
collateral prove to be inaccurate, for example because of unprojected additional
costs or slow unit sales,  the collateral may have a value which is insufficient
to assure full  repayment.  Funds for  construction  projects  are  disbursed as
pre-specified stages of construction are completed.

Approximately  14% of loans in this  category  are at fixed rates while 86% have
adjustable  features.  Rates generally adjust based on changes in the prime rate
at various times during the loan's life.

The bank has an independent loan review function that assesses the compliance of
loan originations with the bank's internal policies and underwriting guidelines.
The bank also  contracts with an external loan review company to review loans in
the loan  portfolio,  on a  pre-determined  schedule,  based on the type,  size,
rating,  and overall  risk of the loan.  In addition,  a loan review  committee,
consisting  of senior  lending  officers and loan review  personnel,  meets on a
periodic basis to discuss loans on the internal "watch list" and classified loan
report.  The overdue loan review  committee,  consisting of seven members of the
board of directors (two of which are officers of the bank), also meets quarterly
to review and assess all loan delinquencies.

Residential Loans

The  bank  makes  conventional  mortgage  loans  on  single  family  residential
properties  with  original  loan-to-value  ratios  generally  up to  95%  of the
appraised value of the property securing the loan. These residential  properties
serve as the primary homes of the borrowers.  The bank also originates  loans on
one to four family  dwellings and loans for the  construction of  owner-occupied
residential housing,  with original  loan-to-value ratios generally up to 80% of
the property's appraised value.

Residential  mortgage loans made by the bank have  traditionally  been long-term
loans made for periods of up to 30 years at either fixed or adjustable  rates of
interest.  Depending  on  the  current  interest  rate  environment,  management
projections  of  future  interest  rates  and a  review  of the  asset/liability
position  of the  bank,  management  may  elect to sell or hold  for the  bank's
portfolio fixed rate residential  loan production.  The bank generally sells all
fixed rate residential mortgage loans with maturities greater than 15 years. The
bank may retain or sell the  servicing  when selling the loans.  The decision to
hold or sell  new  loan  production  is made in  conjunction  with  the  overall
asset/liability management program of the bank. Long-term fixed rate residential
mortgage  loans  are  generally  originated  using  underwriting  standards  and
standard  documentation  allowing their sale in the secondary market.  All loans
sold are currently sold without recourse.

Residential mortgage loans were $42.6 million at December 31, 1997, representing
an increase of $6.7 million,  or 18.7%, from the previous year. This compares to
an increase of $3.0  million,  or 9.3%,  in 1996,  from the previous  year.  The
growth in 1997 is a reflection  of an increase in loan volume  combined with the
decision  of the  bank to  hold in its  portfolio  a  portion  of 15 and 30 year
residential fixed rate mortgage loans originated.

                                       5
<PAGE>
Home Equity Loans

Home equity loans are  originated  for the bank's  portfolio  for single  family
residential  properties with maximum original  loan-to-value ratios generally up
to 80% of the  appraised  value of the property  securing the loan.  Home equity
loans  generally  have  fixed  interest  rates  for a  period  of one  year  and
subsequently adjust monthly based on changes in the prime rate.

Home equity  loans were $12.2  million at December  31,  1997,  representing  an
increase of $3.9 million,  or 47.8%, from the previous year. This compares to an
increase of $3.0 million,  or 57.2%,  in 1996 compared to the previous year. The
growth  in 1996 and 1997 is a  reflection  of  continued  strong  acceptance  by
consumers of a competitive equity loan product introduced by the bank in 1996.

Other Loans

The category  "Other  Loans"  consists of secured or unsecured  personal  loans,
credit cards and overdraft protection lines extended to individual customers.

Other loans were $4.7 million at December 31, 1997,  representing an increase of
$.6 million or 15.2%,  from the previous  year.  This compares to an increase of
$.7 million, or 19.7%, in 1996 compared to the previous year. The growth in 1997
is a result of the increased  penetration in the markets  surrounding  the newer
branches and the general increase in relationships in more established markets.

Risk Elements

Non-performing assets consist of non-accruing loans, loans past due greater than
90 days and still accruing and other real estate owned ("OREO").  Loans on which
the accrual of interest has been  discontinued,  including  impaired loans,  are
designated as non-accrual  loans.  Accrual of interest on loans is  discontinued
either when  reasonable  doubt  exists as to the full and timely  collection  of
interest or principal,  or generally when a loan becomes  contractually past due
by 60 days or a mortgage  loan  becomes  contractually  past due by 90 days with
respect to interest or principal.  In certain instances,  loans that have become
90 days past due may  remain on  accrual  status if the value of the  collateral
securing the loan is sufficient to cover  principal and interest and the loan is
in the process of  collection  or if the principal and interest is guaranteed by
the federal government or an agency thereof. Other real estate owned consists of
real estate acquired  through  foreclosure  proceedings and real estate acquired
through  acceptance  of a deed  in  lieu of  foreclosure.  Non-performing  loans
include  both  non-accrual  loans and  loans  past due 90 days or more but still
accruing.  Loans  in  which  management  considers  it  probable  that  not  all
contractual  principal and interest will be collected are designated as impaired
loans.

Restructured loans are those where interest rates and/or principal payments have
been  restructured  to  defer  or  reduce  payments  as a  result  of  financial
difficulties  of  the  borrower.  Total  restructured  loans  outstanding  as of
December  31,  1997 and  1996  were  $838,000,  and $0,  respectively.  Accruing
restructured  loans as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996  were  $260,000  and $0,
respectively.

Additional  information  regarding  these risk  elements is contained in Item 6,
Management Discussion and Analysis, and Item 7, Financial Statements,  contained
in this report and the "Allowance for Loan Losses and OREO Activity" below.

                                       6
<PAGE>
Allowance for Loan Losses and OREO Activity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for loan losses for
the periods indicated:
                                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------
($ in thousands)                                 1997        1996        1995        1994         1993
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>      
Average loans outstanding                     $ 162,594   $ 128,572   $ 118,248    $  98,033    $  86,636
                                              =========   =========   =========    =========    =========
Balance at beginning of year                  $   3,895   $   4,107   $   4,341    $   4,133    $   4,209

Charged-off loans:
    Commercial                                      165          60          87           --          496
    Commercial real estate                          125         112         265            7          558
    Construction                                     --          --          --           --           --
    Residential mortgage                             --          --          33           --           57
    Home equity                                      --          55          --           41           --
    Other                                            11          17          20            8           21
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
        Total charged-off                           301         244         405           56        1,132
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:
    Commercial                                       52           2          24           54            8
    Commercial real estate                          155          21          39           --            3
    Construction                                     --          --           1          185           --
    Residential mortgage                              2           1         100            5            3
    Home equity                                      40           4           3            1           --
    Other                                           127           4           4           19           12
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
        Total recoveries                            376          32         171          264           26
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Net loans charged-off (recovered)                   (75)        212         234         (208)       1,106
Provision charged to income                         320          --          --           --        1,030
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------
Balance at December 31                        $   4,290   $   3,895   $   4,107    $   4,341    $   4,133
                                              =========   =========   =========    =========    =========
Net loans charged-off (recovered) to
    average loans                                 (.05%)       .16%        .20%        (.21%)       1.28%
Net loans charged-off (recovered) to                                                           
    allowance for loan losses                    (1.75%)      5.44%       5.70%       (4.79%)      26.76%
Allowance for loan losses to                                                                   
    ending gross loans                            2.36%       2.68%       3.47%        3.76%        4.62%
Allowance for loan losses to                                                                   
    non-performing loans                        384.06%     165.25%     202.02%      231.64%      217.99%
Recoveries to charge-offs                       124.92%      13.11%      42.22%      471.43%        2.30%
</TABLE>
The following table  represents the allocation of the bank's  allowance for loan
losses  and the  percentage  of loans in each  category  to total  loans for the
periods ending as indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            December 31,
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1997                 1996                1995               1994                1993
                              -------------------   ------------------  ----------------   ------------------   ----------------
($ in thousands)                Amount       %        Amount      %      Amount      %      Amount        %      Amount      %
                              ---------   -------   ---------   ------  --------  ------   --------    ------   -------   ------
<S>                          <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>        <C>  
Commercial                    $  844        23.2%    $  723      26.3%  $  908     24.0%   $1,067       22.5%   $  771      21.5%
Comm'l real estate             2,161        36.8%     2,171      36.1%   2,371     36.0%    2,411       34.9%    2,722      41.8%
Construction                     338         7.2%       209       4.4%     143      4.9%      187        5.1%      194       5.4%
Residential mortgage             525        23.5%       372      24.7%     364     27.8%      365       29.3%      191      20.2%
Consumer                         167         9.3%       244       8.5%     162      7.3%      138        8.2%      118      11.1%
Unallocated                      255                    176                159                173                  137    
                              ------                 ------             ------              ------              ------  
    Total                     $4,290       100.0%    $3,895     100.0%  $4,107    100.0%    $4,341     100.0%   $4,133     100.0%
                              ======                 ======             ======              ======              ======  
</TABLE>
The  allocation  of the allowance  for loan losses above  reflects  management's
judgment  of the  relative  risks of the various  categories  of the bank's loan
portfolio.  This allocation should not be considered an indication of the future
amounts or types of possible loan charge-offs.
                                       7
<PAGE>
The following  table sets forth  information  regarding  non-performing  assets,
restructured  loans and  delinquent  loans 30-89 days past due as to interest or
principal, held by the bank at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31,
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                                           1997          1996        1995          1994         1993
                                          -------       -------     ------        ------       ------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>   
Non-accrual loans*                         $1,043       $2,237       $2,021       $1,871       $1,895
Accruing loans > 90 days past due              74          120           12            3            1
                                           ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
    Total non-performing loans              1,117        2,357        2,033        1,874        1,896
Other real estate owned                       393           83          417          390          525
                                           ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
    Total non-performing assets            $1,510       $2,440       $2,450       $2,264       $2,421
                                           ======       ======       ======       ======       ======
                                                                                              
Restructured loans                         $  260       $ --         $ --         $  742       $  779
Delinquent loans 30-89 days past due        2,074        2,280        2,356          534          680
                                                                                              
Non-performing loans : Gross loans           .61%        1.62%        1.72%        1.62%        2.12%
Non-performing assets : Total assets         .47%        0.86%        1.09%        1.32%        1.65%
Delinquent loans 30-89 days past due :                                                        
    Gross loans                             1.14%        1.57%        1.99%        0.46%        0.76%
                                                                                          
<FN>
*    Impaired loans included in non-accrual loans as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 were $.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Non-accrual  loans decreased by $1.2 million,  from $2.2 million at December 31,
1996,  to $1.0  million at  December  31,  1997.  The  reduction  was  primarily
attributable to a reduction in commercial real estate loans on non-accrual.  The
level of non-performing  assets is largely a function of economic conditions and
the  overall  banking  environment,  as well as the  strength of the bank's loan
underwriting.  Adverse  changes in the local,  regional  and  national  economic
conditions  could  negatively  impact this ratio in the future,  despite prudent
loan underwriting.

                              Investment Activities

The  investment  activity  of the  bank  is an  integral  part  of  the  overall
asset/liability management program of the bank. The investment function provides
readily  available  funds to support loan growth as well as to meet  withdrawals
and  maturities of deposits and attempts to provide  maximum  return  consistent
with liquidity constraints and general prudence,  including diversity and safety
of  investments.  The  securities  in which the bank may invest  are  subject to
regulation and are limited to securities which are considered "investment grade"
securities.  In  addition,  the bank has an  internal  investment  policy  which
restricts  investments to the following  categories:  U.S. treasury  securities,
U.S. government agencies,  U.S. Agency  mortgage-backed  securities("MBSs")  and
collateralized  mortgage obligations ("CMOs"),  Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston
("FHLB")  stock,  federal funds,  and state,  county,  and municipal  securities
("Municipals"), all of which must be considered investment grade by a recognized
rating service.  The effect of changes in interest rates and resulting impact on
a CMO's  principal  repayment  speed and the effect on yield are considered when
purchasing CMOs.  Typically management purchases PAC CMOs or closely similar and
predictable  structures to reduce the effect on expected  yield and  prepayment.
The yield and  maturity  of such PAC CMOs are less  susceptible  to  change,  as
opposed to non PAC CMOs,  due to  increasing or  decreasing  market  rates.  The
credit  rating of each  security  or  obligation  in the  portfolio  is  closely
monitored and reviewed at least annually by the bank's investment committee. See
note  2  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  Item  7  for  further
information.

                                       8
<PAGE>
At December 31, 1997,  1996, and 1995 all investment  securities were classified
as available for sale and were carried at fair value.  The net unrealized  gains
at December 31, 1997, net of tax effects,  are shown as a separate  component of
stockholders'  equity  in  the  amount  of  $.6  million.  The  following  table
summarizes the fair value of investments at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                December 31,
                                                      ------------------------------
     ($ in thousands)                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                      --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>     
U.S. treasuries and agencies                          $ 82,831   $ 92,185   $ 53,648
CMOs and MBSs                                           12,464     11,760     10,972
Municipals                                              14,630     12,490      9,999
Privately-issued MBSs collateralized by U.S. agency
        mortgage-backed
obligations                                               --         --        1,232
FHLB stock                                               2,961      2,961      2,961
                                                      --------   --------   --------
     Total investments available-for-sale             $112,886   $119,396   $ 78,812
                                                      ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

The  contractual  maturity  distribution,  as of December 31, 1997, of the total
bonds and obligations above with the weighted average yield for each category is
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Under 1 Year         1 - 3 Years         3 - 5 Years       5 - 10 Years         Over 10 Years
                              ---------------     -----------------     ---------------    --------------      ---------------
($ in thousands)              Balance   Yield     Balance     Yield     Balance   Yield    Balance  Yield      Balance   Yield
                              -------   -----     -------     -----     -------   -----    -------  -----      -------   -----
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>
U.S. treasuries
  and agencies                $4,972    4.47%      $28,107    5.93%     $18,335   6.62%   $25,434   6.92%      $ 5,983    7.23%
CMOs and MBSs                     42    5.38%            -     -              -     -       5,703   6.98%        6,719    6.50%
Municipals*                    3,196    7.21%        4,105    7.11%       2,681   7.31%     4,648   7.31%            -      -
                              ------               -------              -------           -------              -------
                              $8,210    5.54%      $32,212    6.08%     $21,016   6.71%   $35,785   6.98%      $12,702    6.84%
                              ======               =======              =======           =======              =======
                                                                                                            
<FN>
*     Municipal security yields and total yields are shown on a tax equivalent basis.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Scheduled  contractual  maturities may not reflect the actual  maturities of the
investments.  MBSs and CMOs are shown at their final maturity.  However,  due to
prepayments  and normal  amortization  the actual cash flows are  expected to be
faster than  presented  above.  Similarly,  included in the U.S.  treasuries and
agencies category is $43.5 million in securities (including step-up bonds) which
can be "called" before  maturity.  Actual maturity of these callable  securities
will be faster in a falling rate environment  versus a rising rate  environment.
Management  considers  these factors when  evaluating the net interest margin in
the bank's asset/liability management program.

See "Interest  Margin  Sensitivity  Analysis"  below for additional  information
regarding the bank's callable bonds.

                      Interest Margin Sensitivity Analysis

The company's primary market risk is interest rate risk,  specifically,  changes
in the interest rate environment. The bank's investment committee is responsible
for establishing  policy guidelines on acceptable exposure to interest rate risk
and liquidity.  The investment  committee is comprised of certain members of the
Board of Directors and certain members of management.  The primary objectives of
the company's  asset/liability policy is to preserve the integrity and safety of
the company's  capital base;  to reach and sustain a strong and  consistent  net
interest margin level; to manage the interest rate risk of the company's balance
sheet as a whole; and to ensure sufficient  liquidity.  The investment committee
establishes  and/or  monitors  guidelines for net interest  margin  sensitivity,
equity to capital ratios, the statutory liquidity ratio,  Federal Home Loan Bank
borrowing capacity and loan to deposit ratio. The asset/liability strategies are
reviewed  continually  by  management  and  presented  and  discussed  with  the
investment  committee  on  at  least  a  quarterly  basis.  The  asset/liability
strategies  are  revised  based on  changes in  interest  rate  levels,  general
economic conditions, competition in the marketplace, the current position of the
bank, anticipated growth of the bank and other factors.
                                       9
<PAGE>
One of the  principal  factors in  maintaining  planned  levels of net  interest
income is the ability to design effective  strategies to cope with the impact on
future net interest income because of changes in interest  rates.  The balancing
of the changes in interest income from interest  earning assets and the interest
expense of interest  bearing  liabilities  is done  through the  asset/liability
management  program.  The bank's simulation model analyzes various interest rate
scenarios.  Varying future interest rate environments affects prepayment speeds,
maturities of investments due to call  provisions,  changes in interest rates on
various  asset and  liability  accounts  based on different  indices,  and other
factors which vary under the  different  scenarios.  The bank's  asset/liability
policy is designed to limit the impact on net interest  income to 7.5% in the 24
month period  following the date of the  analysis,  in a rising and falling rate
shock analysis of 100 and 200 basis points.

The following table  summarizes the net interest income for a 24 month period of
the company's  interest  bearing assets and  liabilities as of December 31, 1997
resulting from a 200 basis point upward shift in the prime rate, 200 basis point
downward  shift in the prime rate and no change in the prime rate scenarios from
the bank's asset/liability simulation model.

It should be noted that the  interest  rate  scenarios  used do not  necessarily
reflect management's view of the "most likely" change in interest rates over the
next 24  months.  Furthermore,  since a static  balance  sheet is  assumed,  the
results  do not  reflect  the  anticipated  future  net  interest  income of the
company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Rates Rise       Rates         Rates Fall
     ($ in thousands)                                200 BP       Unchanged         200 BP
                                                   ----------     ---------       ----------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>            <C>
Interest Earning Assets:
   Callable securities                             $ 5,994         $ 5,471         $ 5,378
   Fixed maturity treasury and agency securities     3,911           3,798           3,787
   Other investment securities                       5,084           4,816           4,768
   Variable rate loans                              29,732          25,963          22,193
   Fixed rate loans                                  7,215           6,952           6,283
                                                   -------         -------         -------
      Total interest income                         51,936          47,000          42,409
                                                   -------         -------         -------
                                                                                 
Interest Earning Liabilities:                                                    
   NOW, money market, savings                        6,099           5,186           4,285
   Time deposits                                    14,303          11,525           9,674
   Short term borrowings                             1,148             919             739
                                                   -------         -------         -------
      Total interest expense                        21,550          17,630          14,698
                                                   -------         -------         -------
      Net interest income                          $30,386         $29,370         $27,711
                                                   =======         =======         =======
</TABLE>

As of December 31, 1997,  analysis  indicated  that the  sensitivity  of the net
interest margin was in compliance with policy.  Management  estimates that, in a
falling rate environment,  there would be a reduction of the net interest income
due to  historically  slower  reductions in rates paid on deposits and increased
flows  from  the  company's  loan  and  investment  portfolio,  which  would  be
reinvested  at lower  marginal  rates as rates fall,  assuming a static  balance
sheet. Management estimates that net interest income will remain relatively flat
in a rising  rate  environment,  assuming  a static  balance  sheet,  due to the
extension of the duration of the  investment  portfolio  and loan  portfolio and
rising cost of funds.

Maturity information of the loan portfolio,  investment portfolio,  certificates
of deposit, and short-term borrowings is contained in Part I, Item 1 and in Part
II, Item 7 in Notes 7 and 8 of the financial  statements.  Management  uses this
information  in the  simulation  model  along with other  information  about the
bank's assets and liabilities.  Management makes certain prepayment assumptions,
based on an analysis of market consensus and management  projections,  regarding
how the factors  discussed  above will affect the assets and  liabilities of the
bank as rates  change.  One of the more  significant  changes in the maturity of
assets,  not  discussed  elsewhere  in this  report,  occurs  in the  investment
portfolio,  specifically how the bank's callable  securities will react as rates
change.

                                       10
<PAGE>
The following table reflects management's estimates of when the principal, shown
at  fair  value,  of the  bank's  callable  securities  will be  repaid  and the
securities'  weighted average interest rates as of December 31, 1997 under three
scenarios: interest rates up 200 basis points (BP), down 200 basis points and no
change.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Up 200 BP               No Change            Down 200 BP
                        ------------------     ------------------     ------------------
                           Fair     Yield       Fair        Yield      Fair       Yield
     ($ in thousands)     Value      Rate       Value       Rate       Value       Rate
                        --------    ------     -------     ------     -------     ------
<S>                    <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>  
 0 - 12 Months          $    --        --      $23,921      6.95%     $26,875      6.88%
13 - 24 Months               --        --        7,048      6.56%       7,048      6.56%
25 - 36 Months            4,013      6.53%       4,410      7.07%       4,410      7.07%
37 - 48 Months              998      6.98%       3,114      7.25%       3,114      7.25%
Over 48 Months           38,484      6.93%       5,002      6.71%       2,048      7.21%
                        -------      ----      -------      ----      -------      ---- 
   Total                $43,495      6.89%     $43,495      6.89%     $43,495      6.89%
                        =======      ====      =======      ====      =======      ==== 
</TABLE>
Management  also assesses  sensitivity  of the change in the net value of assets
and liabilities  (MVPE) under different  scenarios.  As interest rates rise, the
value  of  interest-bearing   assets  generally  declines  while  the  value  of
interest-bearing  liabilities  increases.  Management  monitors  the  MVPE  on a
quarterly basis.  Although  management does consider the effect on the MVPE when
making asset/liability  strategy decisions, the primary focus is on managing the
effect on the net interest margin under changing rate environments.

                                 Source of Funds
Deposits

Deposits have  traditionally  been the principal source of the bank's funds. The
bank  offers a broad  selection  of  deposit  products  to the  general  public,
including NOW accounts,  savings  accounts,  money market  accounts,  individual
retirement  accounts  (IRA) and  certificates  of deposit.  The bank also offers
commercial  checking,  money market,  Keogh retirement and business IRA accounts
and repurchase  agreements to its commercial business  customers.  The bank does
not  currently  use  brokered  deposits.  The bank has from time to time offered
premium rates on specially  designated products in order to promote new branches
and to attract customers and longer term deposits.

Management  determines the interest  rates offered on deposit  accounts based on
current and expected  economic  conditions,  competition,  liquidity  needs, the
volatility of the existing deposits,  the  asset/liability  position of the bank
and the overall objectives of the bank regarding the growth of relationships.

The table below shows the comparison of the bank's average  deposits and average
rates paid for the  periods  indicated.  The  annualized  average  rate on total
deposits reflects both interest bearing and non-interest bearing deposits.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        December 31,
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            1997                            1996                              1995
                -----------------------------   -----------------------------    -----------------------------
                            Average     % of                Average    % of                  Average    % of
                   Amount    Rate    Deposits      Amount    Rate    Deposits      Amount     Rate    Deposits
                ---------   -------  --------   ---------   -------  --------    --------    -------  --------
<S>             <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>   
Demand          $ 45,371        --     17.16%   $ 34,884      --     15.86%      $ 28,215       --     18.15%
                                                                                 
Savings           19,237      2.23%     7.27%     17,037    2.22%     7.75%        15,100     2.22%     9.71%
NOW               53,782      2.14%    20.34%     43,929    2.09%    19.97%        31,128     2.11%    20.02%
Money market      31,422      2.76%    11.88%     24,402    2.56%    11.09%        24,104     2.90%    15.51%
                --------              ------    --------            ------       --------             ------
                 104,441      2.35%    39.49%     85,368    2.25%    38.81%        70,332     2.42%    45.24%
                                                                                 
Time deposits    114,656      5.45%    43.35%     99,696    5.63%    45.33%        56,904     5.47%    36.61%
                --------              ------    --------            ------       --------             ------              
Total           $264,468      3.29%   100.00%   $219,948    3.42%   100.00%      $155,451     3.10%   100.00%
                ========              ======    ========            ======       ========             ======
</TABLE>                                                              
See  note 7 to the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  Item 7 for  further
information.
                                       11
<PAGE>
Borrowings

The bank is a member  of the  Federal  Home Loan  Bank of  Boston  (FHLB).  This
membership  enables the bank to borrow  funds from the FHLB.  The bank  utilizes
borrowings  from the FHLB to fund short term liquidity  needs and is an integral
component  of the bank's  asset/liability  management  program.  At December 31,
1997, the bank had the capacity to borrow up to approximately $77.5 million from
the FHLB with actual outstanding balances of $1.4 million with a rate of 7.05%.

The bank also  borrows  funds from  customers  secured by the bank's  investment
securities.  These repurchase  agreements  represent a cost competitive  funding
source for the bank.  Interest rates paid by the bank on these  transactions are
based on market  conditions and the bank's need for additional funds at the time
of the  transaction.  As of  December  31,  1997 the bank had $11.0  million  in
repurchase  agreements  outstanding  with a weighted  average  interest  rate of
3.35%.

See  note 8 to the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  Item 7 for  further
information.

                                      Trust

The bank  provides a range of  investment  management  services to  individuals,
family groups, trusts,  foundations and retirement plans. These services include
management of equity,  fixed  income,  balanced and  strategic  cash  management
portfolios.  Portfolios are managed based on the  investment  objectives of each
client.  At  December  31,  1997,  the bank had $165.7  million in assets  under
management.

                                   Competition

The bank faces strong  competition  to attract  deposits and to generate  loans.
Several major commercial  banks are  headquartered  in neighboring  Boston,  and
numerous other commercial banks, savings banks, cooperative banks, credit unions
and savings and loan associations have one or more offices in Greater Lowell and
in the Leominster/Fitchburg, Massachusetts area. The major commercial banks have
several  competitive  advantages  over the bank,  including  the ability to make
larger loans to a single  borrower  than is possible  for the bank.  The greater
financial  resources  of these  banks also allows them to offer a broad range of
automated  banking  services,  to maintain  numerous branch offices and to mount
extensive  advertising  and  promotional  campaigns.  Competition  for loans and
deposits  also comes from other  businesses  which provide  financial  services,
including  consumer finance  companies,  factors,  mortgage  brokers,  insurance
companies,  securities  brokerage  firms,  money market mutual funds and private
lenders.  Advances  in and the  increased  use of  technology,  such as internet
banking and PC banking,  is expected to have a significant  impact on the future
competitive landscape of financial institutions.

As a general  matter,  regulation of the banking  industry  continues to undergo
significant  changes,  including  changes in the products and services banks are
permitted  to offer,  the nature and degree of banks'  involvement,  directly or
indirectly through affiliates, in non-banking activities, and other contemplated
legislative  and  regulatory  proposals  that  could,  if  adopted,   alter  the
structure,  regulation and competitive  relationships of financial institutions.
To  the  extent  that  changes  in  banking  regulations  may  further  increase
competition, any such changes could result in the bank paying increased interest
rates to obtain  deposits  while  receiving  lower  interest rates on its loans.
Under such  circumstances,  the bank's net  interest  margin would  decline.  In
addition,  any  increase in the extent of  regulation  imposed  upon the banking
industry generally could result in the bank incurring additional operating costs
which could impede profitability.

Notwithstanding  the  substantial  competition  with  which  the bank is  faced,
management  believes  that the bank has  established  a market  niche in Greater
Lowell and the Leominster/Fitchburg area which has been enhanced in recent years
by the acquisition of other independent  banks by major bank holding  companies,
and the resultant  consolidation of competitors' banking operations and services
within the bank's market area.

                                       12
<PAGE>
The bank's officers and directors have substantial business and personal ties in
the cities and towns in which the bank  operates.  The bank believes that it has
established a market niche by providing its customers,  particularly  consumers,
smaller  and  privately  held  businesses  and  professionals,  with  prompt and
personal  service based on management's  familiarity and  understanding  of such
customers' banking needs. The bank's past and continuing  emphasis is to provide
highly responsive personal and professional service.

                           Supervision and Regulation

General

Bank holding companies and banks are subject to extensive government  regulation
through federal and state statutes and related regulations,  which is subject to
changes  that  can  significantly  affect  the way in  which  financial  service
organizations  conduct  business.  Both legislation  enacted in recent years and
regulatory   initiatives   undertaken  by  various  governmental  agencies  have
substantially  increased the level of competition among commercial banks, thrift
institutions and non-banking  financial service companies,  including  brokerage
firms,  investment banks, insurance companies and mutual funds. In addition, the
enactment of the federal Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency
Act of 1994 has affected the banking  industry by, among other things,  enabling
banks and bank holding companies to expand the geographic area in which they may
provide banking services. To the extent that the following information describes
statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Any changes in applicable
law or  regulation  may have a material  effect on the business and prospects of
the bank and the company.

See  note 9 in  Item 7 for  further  information  regarding  regulatory  capital
requirements for both the company and the bank.

Regulation of the Holding Company

The company is a registered  bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "Bank Holding  Company Act"). It is subject
to the  supervision  and  examination  of the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System  (Federal  Reserve  Board) and files  reports  with the  Federal
Reserve Board as required under the Bank Holding  Company Act. Under  applicable
Massachusetts  law, the company is also subject to the supervisory  jurisdiction
of the Commissioner.

The Bank Holding  Company Act  requires  prior  approval by the Federal  Reserve
Board of the acquisition by the company of substantially  all the assets or more
than five percent of the voting stock of any bank. The Bank Holding  Company Act
also  authorizes  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  to  determine  (by  order  or by
regulation)  what activities are so closely related to banking as to be a proper
incident  of  banking,  and  thus,  whether  the  company,  either  directly  or
indirectly  through non-bank  subsidiaries,  can engage in such activities.  The
Bank Holding  Company Act  prohibits  the company and the bank from  engaging in
certain tie-in  arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale of
property or furnishing of services. There are also restrictions on extensions of
credit  and  other  transactions  between  the bank,  on the one  hand,  and the
company, or other affiliates of the bank, on the other hand.

Regulation of the Bank

As a trust  company  organized  under Chapter 172 of the  Massachusetts  General
Laws,  the  deposits  of which are  insured by the FDIC,  the bank is subject to
regulation, supervision and examination by the Commissioner and the FDIC.

                                       13
<PAGE>
The  regulations of these agencies  govern many aspects of the bank's  business,
permitted investments,  the opening and closing of branches, the amount of loans
which can be made to a single  borrower,  mergers,  appointment  and  conduct of
officers  and  directors,  capital  levels and terms of  deposits.  The  Federal
Reserve  Board  also  requires  the bank to  maintain  minimum  reserves  on its
deposits.  Federal and state regulators can impose sanctions on the bank and its
management if the bank engages in unsafe or unsound practices or otherwise fails
to comply with  regulatory  standards.  Various other federal and state laws and
regulations,  such as  truth-in-lending  statutes,  the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act, the Real Estate  Settlement  Procedures Act and the Community  Reinvestment
Act, also govern the bank's activities.

Under Massachusetts law, the company's board of directors is generally empowered
to pay  dividends on the  company's  capital stock out of its net profits to the
extent  that  the  board  of  directors   considers   such  payment   advisable.
Massachusetts  banking law also imposes various specific  restrictions  upon the
payment of  dividends by the bank,  including  the  requirement  that the bank's
capital  and  surplus  must  equal at least 10% of its  deposit  liability  or a
sufficient  amount  must be  transferred  from net  profits to surplus  prior to
payment of such dividend.  The Federal Deposit  Insurance Act of 1991 ("FDICIA")
also  prohibits a bank from  paying any  dividends  on its capital  stock in the
event that the bank is in default on the payment of any  assessment  to the FDIC
or if the payment of any such dividend would  otherwise cause the bank to become
undercapitalized.

                                Capital Resources

Capital  planning  by the  company  and the bank  considers  current  needs  and
anticipated future growth. Other than the sale of common stock in 1988 and 1989,
the primary  source of additional  capital has been  retention of earnings since
the bank commenced operations.

See  note 9 in  Item 7 for  further  information  regarding  regulatory  capital
requirements for both the company and the bank.

The Company

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines that generally
require bank holding  companies to maintain  total  capital equal to 8% of total
risk-weighted  assets,  with at least one-half of that amount consisting of core
or  Tier  1  capital.  Tier  1  capital  for  the  company  consists  of  common
stockholders'  equity.  Total capital for the company consists of Tier 1 capital
and  supplementary  or Tier 2 capital.  Supplementary  capital  for the  company
includes a portion of the general allowance for loan losses. Assets are adjusted
under the risk-based capital guidelines to take into account different levels of
credit risk,  with the  categories  ranging  from 0%  (requiring  no  additional
capital) for assets such as cash,  to 100% for the bulk of assets that, by their
nature in the ordinary  course of business,  pose a direct credit risk to a bank
holding company,  including  commercial real estate loans,  commercial  business
loans and consumer loans.

In addition to the risk-based  capital  requirements,  the Federal Reserve Board
requires bank holding companies to maintain a minimum "leverage" ratio of Tier 1
capital to total  assets of 3%,  with most bank  holding  companies  required to
maintain at least a 4% ratio.

                                       14
<PAGE>
The Bank

The bank is subject to separate capital adequacy requirements of the FDIC, which
are  substantially  similar to the  requirements  of the Federal  Reserve  Board
applicable  to the  company.  Under the FDIC  requirements,  the  minimum  total
capital  requirement  is 8% of  assets  and  certain  off-balance  sheet  items,
weighted by risk. For example, cash and government securities are placed in a 0%
risk  category,  most home mortgage  loans are placed in a 50% risk category and
commercial loans are placed in a 100% risk category. At least 4% of the total 8%
ratio must consist of Tier 1 capital (primarily common equity including retained
earnings)  and the  remainder  may  consist  of  subordinated  debt,  cumulative
preferred stock and a limited amount of loan loss reserves.

Under the  applicable  FDIC capital  requirements,  the bank is also required to
maintain a minimum  leverage ratio.  The ratio is determined by dividing Tier _1
capital by quarterly  average total  assets,  less  intangible  assets and other
adjustments.  FDIC rules  require a minimum of 3% for the highest  rated  banks.
Banks  experiencing high growth rates are expected to maintain capital positions
well above minimum levels.

Depository  institutions,  such as the  bank,  are also  subject  to the  prompt
corrective  action framework for capital adequacy  established by FDICIA.  Under
FDICIA,  the federal banking  regulators are required to take prompt supervisory
and regulatory actions against undercapitalized depository institutions.  FDICIA
establishes   five   capital   categories:   "well   capitalized",   "adequately
capitalized",   "undercapitalized",    "significantly   undercapitalized",   and
"critically  capitalized".  A "well capitalized" institution has a total capital
to total risk-weighted assets ratio of at least ten percent, a Tier 1 capital to
total risk-weighted assets ratio of at least six percent, a leverage ratio of at
least  five  percent  and is not  subject to any  written  order,  agreement  or
directive; an "adequately  capitalized" institution has a total capital to total
risk-weighted  assets ratio of at least eight percent, a Tier 1 capital to total
risk-weighted  assets ratio of at least four percent, and a leverage ratio of at
least four percent (three percent if given the highest regulatory rating and not
experiencing significant growth), but does not qualify as "well capitalized". An
"undercapitalized"  institution  fails to meet one of the three minimum  capital
requirements. A "significantly undercapitalized" institution has a total capital
to total  risk-weighted  assets ratio of less than six percent, a Tier 1 capital
to total risk-weighted  assets ratio of less than three percent,  and a leverage
ratio of less than three percent. A "critically  capitalized"  institution has a
ratio of  tangible  equity to  assets  of two  percent  or less.  Under  certain
circumstances,    a   "well    capitalized",    "adequately    capitalized"   or
"undercapitalized"  institution  may be  required  to  comply  with  supervisory
actions as if the institution was in the next lowest category.

Failure to meet applicable minimum capital requirements,  including a depository
institution  being  classified  as less  than  "adequately  capitalized"  within
FDICIA's prompt corrective action framework,  may subject a bank holding company
or its subsidiary  depository  institution(s)  to various  enforcement  actions,
including  substantial  restrictions  on  operations  and  activities,  dividend
limitations,  issuance of a directive to increase  capital and, for a depository
institution,   termination  of  deposit  insurance  and  the  appointment  of  a
conservator or receiver.

                            Patents, Trademarks, etc.

The  company  holds no  patents,  registered  trademarks,  licenses  (other than
licenses required to be obtained from appropriate banking regulatory  agencies),
franchises or concessions.

                                    Employees

As of December 31, 1997,  the bank  employed 127 persons (111  full-time  and 16
part-time),  including 46 officers.  None of the bank's  employees are presently
represented  by a  union  or  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining  agreement.
Management believes its employee relations to be excellent.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                     Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

A bank's asset and liability  structure is substantially  different from that of
an industrial company in that virtually all assets and liabilities of a bank are
monetary in nature.  Management  believes  the impact of  inflation on financial
results  depends upon the bank's  ability to react to changes in interest  rates
and by such reaction,  reduce the inflationary  impact on performance.  Interest
rates do not necessarily  move in the same direction,  or at the same magnitude,
as the prices of other goods and services. As discussed  previously,  management
seeks  to  manage  the  relationship  between   interest-sensitive   assets  and
liabilities in order to protect against wide net interest  income  fluctuations,
including those resulting from inflation.

Various  information  shown  elsewhere in this annual  report will assist in the
understanding  of how well the bank is positioned to react to changing  interest
rates and inflationary  trends. In particular,  the Interest Margin  Sensitivity
Analysis contained in Item 1 and other maturity and repricing information of the
bank's assets and liabilities in this report contain additional information.

                              Year 2000 Compliance

The company is  currently  in the process of  determining  and  remediating  the
impact of the so-called  "millenium  problem"(i.e.,  that many existing computer
programs  use only two  digits to  identify a year in the date field and if such
programs  are not  corrected  many  computer  applications  could fail or create
erroneous results by or beginning in the year 2000).  Management is working with
its software  vendors,  developing a plan to identify  both the bank's  internal
systems  deficiencies as well as potential credit exposures caused by borrowers'
systems  deficiencies.  Management  is  designing  a program  for both  internal
systems  remediation  and  for  customer  information  regarding  the  potential
significance  of the year  2000  problem.  The  company  anticipates  completing
testing  of  internal  systems  for  year  2000  compliance  by June  30,  1999.
Management does not anticipate that the company will incur significant operating
expenses or be required to invest  heavily in computer  system  improvements  to
achieve year 2000 compliance.

Notwithstanding any of the company's efforts, however, there can be no assurance
that the  systems  of other  companies  on which the  company's,  the  company's
vendors' or the  company's  customers'  systems rely will be timely  remediated.
Therefore,   the  company's  operations  and/or  financial  condition  could  be
negatively  impacted  as a result  of the  failure  of such  other  entities  to
properly  address  the year 2000 issue in a timely  manner.  Costs  incurred  in
connection with year 2000 compliance will be treated as period costs and will be
expensed as incurred. The need for additional provisions to the bank's allowance
for loan losses resulting from borrowers' year 2000 compliance  problems will be
considered,  on an  ongoing  basis,  based  on  management's  assessment  of the
potential exposure of its customer base to such problems.

Item 2. Description of Property

The  company's  and the bank's main office is located at 222  Merrimack  Street,
Lowell, Massachusetts. The building provides approximately 12,366 square feet of
interior  space and has  private  customer  parking  along with  public  parking
facilities in close  proximity.  The bank leases space at 170 Merrimack  Street,
Lowell, Massachusetts.  The building provides approximately 1,458 square feet of
interior space which houses the accounting department of the bank.

The bank leases  approximately  4,375  square feet of space which is occupied by
the mortgage  center at 21-27 Palmer  Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts.  The bank
leases 3,415 square feet of space at 129 Middle Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts,
which contains the bank's training facility and credit department.

In April,  1993, the bank purchased the branch  building at 185 Littleton  Road,
Chelmsford,   Massachusetts.   The  first   floor  of  the   building   contains
approximately  3,552 square feet of space with a full basement and a canopy area
of 945 square feet. The facility was purchased at a cost of approximately 20% of
what it would have cost to build a similar facility.

                                       16
<PAGE>
In March,  1995,  the bank  purchased  a branch  building  at 674  Boston  Road,
Billerica,  Massachusetts.  The building  previously served as a bank branch and
contains approximately 3,700 square feet of above-grade space and is constructed
on a cement slab. It is handicapped  accessible.  The building was purchased for
approximately 40% of its replacement value.

The bank leases  space at 2-6 Central  Street,  Leominster,  Massachusetts.  The
branch office provides approximately 3,960 square feet of interior space and has
seven private customer  parking spaces.  The bank has the option to purchase the
premises  on the last day of the basic term or at any time  during any  extended
term at the price of $550,000 as adjusted for increases in the producer's  price
index.

The bank  leases  space at 910 Andover  Street,  Tewksbury,  Massachusetts.  The
branch office provides approximately 4,800 square feet of interior space and has
ample parking that is shared with other tenants of the building.

The bank leases space at 1168 Lakeview Avenue, Dracut, Massachusetts. The branch
office provides  approximately 4,922 square feet of interior space and has ample
parking that is shared with other tenants of the building.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The company is involved in various routine legal  proceedings  incidental to its
business.  Management does not believe resolution of any present litigation will
have a material effect on the financial condition of the company.

Various  other legal  claims may arise from time to time  against the company or
the bank in the  course  of  business,  none of  which  are  expected  to have a
material adverse effect on the financial  condition of either the company or the
bank.


Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter
ended December 31, 1997.

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Market for Common Stock

There is no active trading market for the company's common stock. Although there
are  periodically  private  trades of the company's  common  stock,  the company
cannot state with  certainty the sales price at which such  transactions  occur.
The following table sets forth sales volume and price  information,  to the best
of management's  knowledge,  for the common stock of the company for the periods
indicated.

                                               Share              Share
                              Trading          Price              Price
         Fiscal year           Volume          High                Low
         -----------          -------        ---------          ---------
            1997:
                 1st Quarter   2,075         $   17.00          $   17.00
                 2nd Quarter   1,000             17.00              17.00
                 3rd Quarter   1,775             17.00              17.00
                 4th Quarter      --                --                 --
                                                              
            1996:                                             
                 1st Quarter    1,525         $   14.00         $   14.00
                 2nd Quarter      --                 --                --
                 3rd Quarter    2,000             15.00             14.00
                 4th Quarter      --                --                 --
                                                        
Based on a value of $23 per share,  which management  believes  approximates the
current fair market value of the common  stock,  the  aggregate  market value on
December 31, 1997, of the company's common stock was $36,344,991.

The number of shares  outstanding  of the  company's  common stock and number of
shareholders   of  record  as  of  March  1,  1998,   were  1,580,217  and  593,
respectively.

Dividends

The company  declared and paid annual cash dividends of $.325 per share and $.30
per  share in 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Although  the  company  intends  to
continue to pay an annual dividend, the amount and timing of any declaration and
payment  of  dividends  by the  board of  directors  will  depend on a number of
factors, including capital requirements,  regulatory limitations,  the company's
operating results and financial condition, anticipated growth of the company and
general  economic  conditions.  As the principal asset of the company,  the bank
currently provides the only source of payment of dividends by the company. Under
Massachusetts  law, trust  companies such as the bank may pay dividends only out
of "net  profits" and only to the extent that such  payments will not impair the
bank's capital stock and surplus account.  These  restrictions on the ability of
the bank to pay dividends to the company may restrict the ability of the company
to pay dividends to the holders of its common stock.

Although Massachusetts law does not define what constitutes "net profits", it is
generally  assumed that the term  includes a bank's  undivided  profits  account
(retained earnings) and does not include its surplus account (additional paid-in
capital).  At December  31, 1997,  the bank's  undivided  profits  account had a
balance of $12.9 million and its surplus account had a balance of $8.6 million.

                                       18

<PAGE>
Item 6. Management Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation

Management's  discussion  and analysis  should be read in  conjunction  with the
company's  consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in Item
7, and other  financial  and  statistical  information  contained in this annual
report.  In addition,  prevailing  economic  conditions,  as well as  government
policies and  regulations  concerning,  among other things,  monetary and fiscal
affairs,   could  significantly  affect  the  operations  of  the  company.  The
reorganization of the bank as a subsidiary of the company was completed July 26,
1996.  The company had no material  assets or operations  prior to completion of
the  reorganization.  Information  at a date or from a period  prior to July 26,
1996 pertains to the bank.

              COMPARISON OF YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Financial Condition

Total Assets

Total assets  increased  $39.6 million,  or 14.0%, to $322.6 million at December
31, 1997 from $283.0  million at December  31,  1996.  The  increase,  funded by
deposit growth,  was primarily from an increase in gross loans of $36.4 million,
or 25.1%.

Loans

Total gross loans were $181.7 million, or 56.3% of total assets, at December 31,
1997,  compared with $145.3 million,  or 51.3% of total assets,  at December 31,
1996.  The increase of $36.4 million was  attributed to continued  customer-call
efforts,  as  well  as  increased  marketing  and  advertising,   and  increased
penetration  in  newer  markets.  During  1997,  commercial  real  estate  loans
increased $14.5 million,  or 27.6%, other loans secured by real estate increased
by $13.4  million,  or 31.6%,  commercial  loans  increased by $4.0 million,  or
10.5%,  home equity loans increased $3.9 million,  or 47.8%,  and consumer loans
increased $.6 million, or 15.2%.

Asset Quality

The  non-performing  asset  balance  declined  from  the  previous  year and has
declined as a percentage of gross loans. Delinquencies in the 30-89 day category
have  improved  from 1.57% at December  31, 1996 to 1.14% at December  31, 1997.
Delinquencies in the 30-89 day category  decreased from $2.3 million at December
31, 1996 to $2.1 million at December 31, 1997.  The  improvement in the level of
non-performing  assets  was due to  management's  continued  efforts to work out
existing problem assets and limited additions to this category.

The balance of other real estate owned ("OREO") at December 31, 1997 of $393,000
consisted of commercial and residential real estate properties and represents an
increase of $310,000  compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due
to the bank acquiring property securing a bank loan as part of a foreclosure and
other  properties  owned by the  debtors  which were sold at  auction.  The bank
anticipates  full recovery of the original  loan amount  through the purchase of
these  additional  properties.  See also  Note 6 to the  consolidated  financial
statements contained in Item 7.

The bank uses an asset classification system which classifies loans depending on
risk of loss characteristics.  The most severe classifications are "substandard"
and "doubtful". At December 31, 1997, the bank classified $1.5 million and $0 as
substandard  and  doubtful  loans,  respectively.  Included  in the  substandard
category is $1.0 million in  non-performing  loans.  The balance of  substandard
loans that are performing  possess potential  weaknesses,  and as a result could
become non-performing loans in the future.

                                       19
<PAGE>
Allowance for  Loan Losses

Inherent to the lending process is the risk of loss. While the bank endeavors to
minimize this risk,  management  recognizes that loan losses will occur and that
the amount of these losses will fluctuate depending on the risk  characteristics
of the loan  portfolio,  which in turn depends on current and expected  economic
conditions,  the financial condition of borrowers,  the ability of the borrowers
to adapt to changing  technology,  the continuity of the  borrowers'  management
teams and the credit management process.

The  allowance  for loan losses is  maintained  through the  provision  for loan
losses,  which is a charge to earnings.  The adequacy of the  provision  and the
resulting  allowance for loan losses is determined after a continuing  review of
the loan portfolio,  including  identification  and review of individual problem
situations  that may affect the borrower's  ability to repay,  review of overall
portfolio  quality through an analysis of current  charge-offs,  delinquency and
non-performing  loan  data,  review of  regulatory  authority  examinations  and
evaluations of loans,  review of reports  prepared by an independent loan review
firm hired by the bank,  comparisons  to peer group  ratios,  an  assessment  of
current and expected economic conditions,  and review of changes in the size and
character of the loan portfolio.  Thus, the allowance level reflects  identified
loss potential and perceived risk in the portfolio.

The bank regularly  monitors the real estate market and the bank's asset quality
to  determine  the adequacy of its  allowance  for loan losses  through  ongoing
credit  reviews  by  members  of senior  management,  the  overdue  loan  review
committee, the executive committee and the board of directors.

The bank  determines  the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses by assigning
loans to risk categories based on the type of loan and its classification.  Each
category  is  assessed  for risk of loss  based  on  historical  experience  and
management's evaluation of the loans making up the category, including the level
of loans on non-accrual and other delinquency factors including general economic
conditions.  The bank adjusts its analysis  periodically  to reflect  changes in
historical loss experience and the state of the current  economy.  The bank also
determines  the adequacy of its  allowance for loan losses by comparison to peer
group ratios. Otherwise, in conducting its analysis, the bank applies consistent
criteria to the facts and  circumstances  then  existing,  as  understood by the
bank.

The ratio of the reserve to total gross loans  outstanding was 2.36% at December
31, 1997 versus 2.68% at December 31, 1996. At year-end  1997, the allowance for
loan losses represented  384.06% of non-performing  loans compared to 165.25% at
December 31, 1996. The allowance for loan losses,  as a percentage of loans, was
intentionally  allowed to decline due to favorable national,  regional and local
economic  trends as well as  favorable  charge-off  history  during the previous
years. While the bank believes that its allowance for loan losses is adequate to
cover losses in its loan portfolio, there are uncertainties regarding the future
of the national,  New England,  Greater Lowell and Leominster economies and real
estate markets. The loan portfolio,  particularly the real estate portion, could
be negatively  impacted by economic conditions as well as the real estate market
throughout  the region.  As a result,  there is no  assurance  that the level of
non-accrual  loans,  restructured  loans and real estate acquired by foreclosure
will not increase.

The  classification  of a  loan  or  other  asset  as  non-performing  does  not
necessarily  indicate  that  loan  principal  and  interest  will be  ultimately
uncollectable.  However,  management recognizes the greater risk characteristics
of these assets and therefore  considers  the  potential  risk of loss on assets
included in this category in  evaluating  the adequacy of the allowance for loan
losses.

Based  on the  foregoing,  as  well as  management's  judgment  as to the  risks
inherent in the loan portfolio,  the bank's  allowance for loan losses is deemed
adequate to absorb all reasonably  anticipated  losses on specifically known and
other credit risks associated with the portfolio as of December 31, 1997.

                                       20
<PAGE>
Investments

Investments  (including federal funds sold) totaled $116.7 million,  or 36.2% of
total  assets,  at December 31, 1997,  compared to $119.4  million,  or 42.2% of
total assets,  at December 31, 1996.  The decrease in the balance was attributed
to loan growth  keeping pace with deposit growth during the year and an increase
in cash balances of $5.3 million.  As of December 31, 1997,  the net  unrealized
gain in the investment  portfolio was $1.1 million  compared to a net unrealized
loss of $.2 million at December 31, 1996.  The net  unrealized  gain/loss in the
portfolio  fluctuates  as  interest  rates rise and fall.  Due to the fixed rate
nature  of the  bank's  investment  portfolio,  as rates  rise the  value of the
portfolio declines, and as rates fall the value of the portfolio rises.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs arising,  amongst other things, from
fluctuations  in  loans,   investments,   deposits  and  borrowings.   Liquidity
management is the  coordination of activities so that cash needs are anticipated
and met easily and efficiently.  Liquidity policies are set and monitored by the
bank's  investment  and  asset/liability  committee.  The  bank's  liquidity  is
maintained by projecting cash needs, by balancing  maturing assets with maturing
liabilities,  by the  monitoring  of various  liquidity  ratios,  by  monitoring
deposit flows, and by maintaining liquidity within the investment portfolio.

The bank's liability  management  objectives are to maintain liquidity,  provide
and  enhance   access  to  a  diverse  and  stable  source  of  funds,   provide
competitively priced and attractive products to customers,  conduct funding at a
low cost relative to current  market  conditions  and to engage in sound balance
sheet  management  strategies.  Funds gathered are used to support current asset
levels and to take advantage of selected leverage opportunities.  The bank funds
earning assets with deposits,  short-term  borrowings and stockholders'  equity.
The bank does not have any brokered deposits. The bank has the ability to borrow
funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.  Management  believes  that the
bank has adequate liquidity to meet its commitments.

The company's primary source of funds is dividends from the bank.

Deposits and Borrowings

Deposits,  including  escrow  deposits,  increased  $40.0 million,  or 16.4%, to
$283.9 million, at December 31, 1997, from $243.8 million, at December 31, 1996.
The increase was largely  attributed to the Tewksbury office which was opened in
October of 1997 and strong growth in our existing more established branches.

Total  borrowings  consisting of securities sold under  agreements to repurchase
(repurchase agreements) and FHLB borrowings decreased by $4.3 million, or 25.5%,
from  December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997.  The decrease was  attributed to a
decrease  in FHLB  borrowings  of $3.5  million  and a  decrease  in  repurchase
agreements of $.8 million.  Management  from time to time will take advantage of
opportunities  to fund asset growth with  borrowings,  but on a long-term basis,
the bank  intends to replace a portion  of its  borrowings  with lower cost core
deposits.

Capital Adequacy

The company is subject to various regulatory capital  requirements  administered
by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital  requirements
can  result  in  certain  mandatory,  and  possible  additional   discretionary,
supervisory actions by regulators,  which, if undertaken,  could have a material
adverse effect on the company's consolidated  financial statements.  At December
31, 1997 the capital  levels of both the company and the bank  complied with all
applicable  minimum  capital  requirements  of the Federal Reserve Board and the
FDIC, respectively, and qualified as "well-capitalized" under applicable Federal
Reserve Board and FDIC  regulations.  For additional  information  regarding the
capital requirements applicable to the company and the bank and their respective
capital levels at December 31, 1997, see note 9, "Stockholders'  Equity", in the
notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the company.

                                       21
<PAGE>
Results of Operations

The  company's  results  of  operations  depend  primarily  on  the  results  of
operations of the bank. The bank's results of operations depend primarily on the
bank's net interest income, the difference between income earned on its loan and
investment  portfolios and the interest paid on its deposits and borrowed funds,
and the size of the provision for loan losses.  Net interest income is primarily
affected in the  short-term  by the level of earning  assets as a percentage  of
total assets, the level of interest-bearing and  non-interest-bearing  deposits,
yields earned on assets,  rates paid on  liabilities,  the level of  non-accrual
loans and changes in interest rates.  The provision for loan losses is primarily
affected by individual problem loan situations,  overall loan portfolio quality,
the level of net charge-offs,  regulatory examinations, an assessment of current
and expected economic  conditions,  and changes in the character and size of the
loan portfolio.  Earnings are also affected by the bank's  non-interest  income,
which  consists  primarily of deposit  account fees,  trust fees,  and gains and
losses on sales of securities  and loans,  and the bank's level of  non-interest
expense and income taxes.

General

The  company had net income  during 1997 of $2.9  million or $1.85 per share and
$1.81 per share on a basic basis and fully diluted basis, respectively, compared
with net income for 1996 of $2.4 million, or $1.53 per share and $1.51 per share
on a basic basis and fully  diluted  basis,  respectively.  The  increase of net
income of $.5 million,  or 20.7%,  was  primarily a result of an increase in net
interest  income of $2.6  million  caused by an  increase  in  interest  earning
assets. The increase in net interest income was partially offset by increases in
non-interest  expenses of $1.8 million  which was primarily due to the increased
costs  associated  with operating the Tewksbury  branch for the first full year,
the start up of the Dracut branch in November of 1997 and the increased overhead
associated with the overall growth of the bank.

Net Interest Income

The table on the following page presents the bank's average  balance sheet,  net
interest  income and average rates for the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996
and 1995.

The following table sets forth,  among other things, the extent to which changes
in interest rates and changes in the average balances of interest-earning assets
and  interest-bearing  liabilities  have  affected  interest  income and expense
during  the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  and 1996.  For each  category  of
interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing   liabilities,   information  is
provided on changes  attributable  to (1)  changes in volume  (change in average
portfolio  balance  multiplied  by prior  year  average  rate);  (2)  changes in
interest rates (change in average interest rate multiplied by prior year average
balance); and (3) changes in rate and volume (the remaining difference).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31,
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1997 vs. 1996                           1996 vs. 1995
                        ---------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                               Rate/                                     Rate/
($ in thousands)        Volume       Rate     Volume     Total     Volume     Rate      Volume      Total
                        ------    --------   --------   -------   --------   -------    -------    --------
<S>                    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest Income
     Loans              $ 3,299   $  (133)   $   (35)   $ 3,131   $   986    $   173    $    15    $ 1,174
     Investments            709       143        (21)       831     3,549        (13)      (107)     3,429
     Federal funds            8        (4)        (1)         3      (363)        (6)         4       (365)
                        -------   -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
         Total            4,016         6        (57)     3,965     4,172        154        (88)     4,238
                        -------   -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
Interest Expense
     Savings/NOW/MM         429        83         19        531       364       (121)       (26)       217
     Time deposits          842      (172)       (26)       644     2,339         92         70      2,501
     Other borrowings       175        (4)        (1)       170       (91)      (124)        13       (202)
                        -------   -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
         Total            1,446       (93)        (8)     1,345     2,612       (153)        57      2,516
                        -------   -------    -------    -------   -------    -------    -------    -------
Change in net
     interest income    $ 2,570   $    99    $   (49)   $ 2,620   $ 1,560    $   307    $  (145)   $ 1,722
                        =======   =======    =======    =======   =======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                                             22
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST AND AVERAGE INTEREST RATES

                                     Year Ended December 31, 1997     Year Ended December 31, 1996      Year Ended December 31, 1995
                                     -----------------------------    -----------------------------    -----------------------------
                                                           Average                         Average                          Average
                                     Average              Interest    Average              Interest    Average              Interest
                                     Balance    Interest   Rate(4)    Balance   Interest   Rate(4)     Balance   Interest   Rate(4)
                                     -------    --------  --------    -------   --------   --------    -------   --------   --------
($ in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Assets:

  Loans (1)(2)                        $162,594   $ 15,597    9.59%    $128,572   $ 12,466     9.70%    $118,248   $ 11,292    9.55%
  Investment securities (4)            121,401      7,584    6.54      110,338      6,753     6.41       55,140      3,324    6.43
  Federal funds sold                     2,615        141    5.39        2,476        138     5.57        8,918        503    5.64
                                      --------   --------             --------   --------              --------   --------    
    Total interest earnings assets     286,610     23,322    8.26%     241,386     19,357     8.15%     182,306     15,119    8.41%
                                                 --------                        --------                         --------    
  Other assets (3)                      19,987                          14,367                            9,255
                                      --------                        --------                         --------               
                                                                                                       
    Total assets                      $306,597                        $255,753                         $191,561
                                      ========                        ========                         ========
Liabilities and stockholders' equity:                                                                    
                                                                                                         
  Savings, NOW and money market       $104,441   $  2,452    2.35%    $ 85,368   $  1,921     2.25%    $ 70,332   $  1,704    2.42%
  Time deposits                        114,656      6,255    5.46       99,696      5,611     5.63       56,904      3,110    5.47
  Short-term borrowings                 18,290        815    4.46       14,392        645     4.48       16,125        847    5.25
                                      --------   --------             --------   --------              --------   --------    
    Total deposits and borrowings      237,387      9,522    4.01%     199,456      8,177     4.10%     143,361      5,661    3.95%
                                                 --------                        --------                         --------    
                                                                                                           
  Non-interest bearing deposits         45,371                          34,884                           28,215
  Other liabilities                      2,069                           1,766                            1,792
                                      --------                        --------                         --------       
    Total liabilities                  284,827                         236,106                          173,368

  Stockholders' equity                  21,770                          19,647                           18,193
                                      --------                        --------                         --------       


    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity             $306,597                        $255,753                         $191,561
                                      ========                        ========                         ========

Net interest rate spread                                     4.25%                            4.05%                           4.46%

Net interest income                              $ 13,800                        $ 11,180                         $  9,458
                                                 ========                        ========                         ========

Net yield on average earning assets                          4.94%                            4.76%                           5.31%

<FN>

(1)  Average loans include non-accrual loans.

(2)  Average loans are net of average deferred loan fees.

(3)  Other assets include cash and due from banks, accrued interest  receivable,  allowance for loan losses, real estate acquired by
     foreclosure, deferred income taxes and other miscellaneous assets.

(4)  Average balances are presented at average amortized cost and average interest rates are presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
</FN>
</TABLE>
The bank manages its earning assets by fully using available  capital  resources
within what  management  believes are prudent  credit and  leverage  parameters.
Loans, investment securities, and federal funds sold comprise the bank's earning
assets.

                                                                 23


<PAGE>
The bank's net interest income was $13.8 million for the year ended December 31,
1997,  an increase of $2.6 million or 23.4% from $11.2 million in the year ended
December 31, 1996,  primarily a result of an increased  interest expense from an
increase in certificate of deposit, savings, NOW, money market account and other
borrowing balances.

Interest  income on loans increased in the year ended December 31, 1997 to $15.6
million from $12.5  million for the year ended  December 31, 1996.  The increase
was primarily due to an increase in the average  balance from $128.6  million in
fiscal 1996 to $162.6 million in fiscal 1997.  Partially offsetting the increase
was a decrease in the average  interest  rate earned on the loan  balances  from
9.70% in 1996 to 9.59% in 1997.  The  decrease in the  interest  rate earned was
attributed  primarily to increased  competition in the marketplace and reduction
in balances in higher yielding loans.

Interest income on investments increased for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
$7.6  million  from $6.8  million  for the year ended  December  31,  1996.  The
increase  was  primarily  due to an increase in the average  balance from $110.3
million in fiscal 1996 to $121.4 million in fiscal 1997.  Also  contributing  to
the  increase  was an  increase  in the  average  interest  rate  earned  on the
investment  balances  from  6.41%  in  1996  to  6.54%  in  1997,  both on a tax
equivalent basis.

Interest  expense on savings,  NOW and money market  accounts  increased to $2.4
million for the year ended  December  31, 1997  compared to $1.9 million for the
year ended  December 31, 1996. The increase was primarily due to the increase in
the  average  balance  from $85.4  million in fiscal  1996 to $104.4  million in
fiscal 1997.  Also  contributing  to the increase was an increase in the average
interest rate paid from 2.25% in 1996 to 2.35% in 1997. The increase in rate was
due to a change in deposit mix and an overall increase in competition.

Interest  expense on time deposits  increased to $6.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997 compared to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.
The increase was due to an increase in the average balance from $99.7 million in
fiscal 1996 to $114.7  million in fiscal  1997.  The  increase  was  primarily a
result of a full year of certificates  of deposit  associated with the Tewksbury
branch,  as well  as  increased  volume  generated  from  the  more  established
branches.  The  decrease  in rate from 5.63% in 1996 to 5.46% in 1997  partially
offset the above  increase.  The  decline in rate was  primarily a result of the
run-off of higher rate  certificates.  Management will, from time to time, offer
special programs with interest rates slightly higher than market on certificates
of deposit to generate market share and penetration at the newer branches.

Interest expense on short term borrowings, including borrowings from the Federal
Home Loan Bank and repurchase  agreements,  increased to $815,000 in fiscal 1997
from  $645,000 in fiscal 1996.  The increase was primarily due to an increase in
the  average  balance.  Interest  rates  paid on these  accounts  are  driven by
changing  rates  due to  economic  conditions  as  well  as  competition  in the
marketplace.

The net  interest  rate  spread and net yield on  average  earning  assets  both
increased  to 4.25% and 4.94%,  respectively,  for the year ended  December  31,
1997, from 4.05% and 4.76%, respectively,  for the year ended December 31, 1996.
The  increase  in these  rates  was a result  of the  increase  in yields in the
investment portfolio,  an increase in the loan to deposit ratio and a decline in
the bank's cost of funds.

                                       24
<PAGE>
The provision  for loan losses  amounted to $320,000 and $0 at December 31, 1997
and 1996,  respectively.  The provision reflects management's assessment of real
estate values and economic  conditions in New England and in Greater Lowell,  in
particular,   the  level  of  non-accrual  loans,   levels  of  charge-offs  and
recoveries,  levels of outstanding loans, known and inherent risks in the nature
of the loan portfolio and management's assessment of current risk. The provision
for loan losses is a significant  factor in the bank's  operating  results.  The
bank's allowance for loan losses was $4.3 million at December 31, 1997. Also see
discussion under "Financial Condition - Allowance for Loan Losses".

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest  income,  exclusive of net gains or losses on sales of  securities,
increased  by $211,000 to $1.9  million for the year ended  December  31,  1997,
compared to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. This increase was
a result of an increase in deposit service fees and trust fees. The increase was
partially offset by a decline in gains on sales of loans of $33,000.

Deposit fees increased  approximately 27.1% in the year ended December 31, 1997,
compared to the year ended  December 31, 1996. The 1997 growth was primarily the
result of an increase in transaction deposit accounts and activity volume.

Trust fees  increased by $79,000,  or 12.5%,  due to an increase in trust assets
under management.

Other income for the year ended December 31, 1997,  was $284,000,  a decrease of
8.7% or $27,000 from $311,000 in the year ended December 31, 1996, due primarily
to a decline in letter of credit fees and a loss on sale of real estate owned of
$23,000.

Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities

Net  losses  from the sales of  investment  securities  totaled  $37,000 in 1997
versus net gains of $2,000 in 1996.  The net loss was from  sales of  securities
based  on  management's   decision  to  take  advantage  of  certain  investment
opportunities.  The loss  incurred will be fully  recovered in 1998,  through an
increase in investment income.

Non-Interest Expense

Salaries and benefits  expense  totaled $6.4 million in the year ended  December
31, 1997,  compared with $5.2 million in 1996,  an increase of $1.2 million,  or
23.0%.  This  increase was primarily the result of the addition of staff for the
Dracut  branch in the third  quarter  of 1996,  a full  year's  expense  for the
Tewksbury branch, an increase in benefit expenses and annual salary increases.

Occupancy  expense  was $1.6  million  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997,
compared with $1.3 million in 1996,  an increase of $223,000 or 16.8%  primarily
due to the opening of the  Tewksbury  branch,  in  November of 1996,  the Dracut
branch,  in October of 1997 and the leasing of  additional  space for the bank's
training center and credit department, beginning in September of 1997.

Audit, legal and other professional expenses increased by $182,000, or 64.5%, in
1997 primarily due to the extra costs in 1997 associated with the outsourcing of
the  internal  audit  function  and  consulting   services   related  to  future
technology, product, and growth initiatives of the bank, which were not incurred
in 1996.

Advertising  and public  relations  expenses  decreased to $435,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1997 from $482,000 in 1996. The decrease was primarily due to
various marketing studies performed by an independent  agency in 1996 which were
not repeated in 1997.

Office and data processing  supplies expense increased by $80,000,  or 28.3%, in
the year ended December 31, 1997,  primarily due to additional costs incurred in
1997 relating to the opening of the  Tewksbury  and Dracut  branches and overall
growth of the bank.

                                       25
<PAGE>
Trust  professional and custodial  expenses increased by $5,000, or 2.2%, due to
an increase in trust assets under management.

Other  operating  expenses  increased  from  $1,225,000 in 1996 to $1,354,000 in
1997, or 10.5%.  The increase is related to increased  expenses  associated with
the  bank's  training  program,   insurance,   maintenance  costs  for  computer
equipment, and FDIC insurance expense.

Proposed Accounting Rule Changes

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standard  ("SFAS") No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income."   SFAS  130   establishes   standards  of  reporting   and   displaying
comprehensive  income,  which  is  defined  as  all  changes  to  equity  except
investments  and  distributions  to  shareholders.  Net income is a component of
comprehensive  income, with all other components referred to in the aggregate as
other  comprehensive  income.  This  statement is effective  for 1998  financial
statements.

Also in June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments of
an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information",   which  establishes  standards  for
reporting  information about operating segments. An operating segment is defined
as a  component  of a  business  for which  separate  financial  information  is
available that is evaluated  regularly by the chief operating  decision maker in
deciding how to allocate  resources  and evaluate  performance.  This  statement
requires a company to  disclose  certain  income  statement  and  balance  sheet
information  by  operating  segment,  as well as  provide  a  reconciliation  of
operating  segment  information  to the company's  consolidated  balances.  This
statement is effective for 1998  financial  statements.  The company  intends to
report as one operating segment.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Item 7. Financial Statements


                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                                                         Page

Independent Auditors' Report                                               28

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996               29

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
  December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                                         30

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
  for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                     31

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                                         32

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                             34



                                       27


<PAGE>








                          Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.

We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Enterprise
Bancorp,  Inc. and subsidiary  (the "Company") as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
and the related  consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in  stockholders'
equity  and cash  flows for each of the  years in the  three-year  period  ended
December  31,   1997.   These   consolidated   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Enterprise Bancorp,
Inc. and  subsidiary  at  December_31,  1997 and 1996,  and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  December  31,  1997 in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.





January 8, 1998
Boston, Massachusetts



                                       28

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets

                           December 31, 1997 and 1996

($ in thousands)                                                       1997      1996
                                                                    --------   --------
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>
          Assets

Cash and cash equivalents:
       Cash and due from banks (Note 14)                            $ 19,779     14,508
       Daily federal funds sold                                        3,775         --
                                                                    --------   --------
          Total cash and cash equivalents                             23,554         --
                                                                    --------   --------

Investment securities at fair value (Notes 2 and 8)                  112,886    119,396
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $4,290
       in 1997 and $3,895 in 1996 (Notes 3 and 8)                    176,294    140,425
Premises and equipment (Note 4)                                        4,079      3,389
Accrued interest receivable (Note 5)                                   2,971      2,700
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                        645        491
Income taxes receivable                                                  220        140
Real estate acquired by foreclosure (Note 6)                             393         83
Deferred income taxes, net (Note 12)                                   1,581      1,884
                                                                    --------   --------
               Total assets                                         $322,623    283,016
                                                                    ========   ========

          Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Deposits (Note 7)                                                   $283,249    243,429
Short-term borrowings (Notes 2 and 8)                                 12,467     16,737
Escrow deposits of borrowers                                             612        411
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                 1,884      1,285
Accrued interest payable                                                 566        506
                                                                    --------   --------
               Total liabilities                                     298,778    262,368
                                                                    --------   --------

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 8, 13 and 14)

Stockholders' equity (Notes 1, 9 and 10):
       Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares
          authorized; no shares issued                                    --         --
       Common stock $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares
          authorized; 1,580,217 and 1,576,192 shares issued and
          outstanding at December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1996,
          respectively                                                    16         16
       Additional paid-in capital                                     15,531     15,477
Retained earnings                                                      7,663      5,263
       Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment
          securities, net of applicable income taxes                     635       (108)
                                                                    --------   --------
               Total stockholders' equity                             23,845     20,648
                                                                    --------   --------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                $322,623    283,016
                                                                    ========   ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       29
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995

($ in thousands, except per share data)                    1997             1996            1995  
                                                        ---------         --------        --------
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>             <C>
Interest and dividend income:                                                            
       Loans                                            $  15,597           12,466          11,292
       Investment securities                                7,584            6,753           3,324
Federal funds sold                                            141              138             503
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
               Total interest income                       23,322           19,357          15,119
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
Interest expense:                                                                        
       Deposits                                             8,707            7,532           4,814
Borrowed funds                                                815              645             847
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
               Total interest expense                       9,522            8,177           5,661
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
               Net interest income                         13,800           11,180           9,458
                                                                                         
Provision for loan losses (Note 3)                            320               --              --
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
               Net interest income after provision for                                   
               loan losses                                 13,480           11,180           9,458
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
Non-interest income:                                                                     
       Deposit service fees                                   900              708             559
       Trust fees                                             710              631             602
Net gains (losses) on sales of investment                                                
          securities (Note 2)                                 (37)               2              --
       Gains on sales of loans                                 35               68             251
       Other income                                           284              311             229
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
               Total non-interest income                    1,892            1,720           1,641
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
Non-interest expense:                                                                    
       Salaries and employee benefits (Note 11)             6,421            5,219           4,538
Occupancy expenses (Note 4 and 13)                          1,550            1,327           1,184
       Audit, legal and other professional fees               464              282             328
Advertising and public relations                              435              482             304
Office and data processing supplies                           363              283             425
       Trust professional and custodial expenses              228              223             183
Other operating expenses                                    1,354            1,225           1,286
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
          Total non-interest expense                       10,815            9,041           8,248
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
                                                                                         
Income before income taxes                                  4,557            3,859           2,851
Income tax expense (Note 12)                                1,645            1,447           1,085
                                                        ---------        ---------       ---------
                                                                                         
          Net income                                    $   2,912            2,412           1,766
                                                        =========        =========       =========
                                                                                    
Basic earnings per share                                $    1.85             1.53            1.12
                                                        =========        =========       =========
                         
Diluted earnings per share                              $    1.81             1.51            1.11
                                                        =========        =========       =========

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding        1,576,462        1,576,023       1,575,109
                                                        =========        =========       =========

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding      1,612,027        1,596,864       1,586,671
                                                        =========        =========       =========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

                                           Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                                                                                                        Net Unrealized
                                                                                                         Gain (Loss) on
                                                                                                           Investment
                                                                                                          Securities,
                                                                                   Additional                Net of        Total
                                                                Common Stock         Paid-in   Retained    Applicable  Stockholders'
($ in thousands)                                             Shares      Amount      Capital   Earnings      Taxes        Equity
                                                          ----------   ---------    --------   --------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>       
Balance at December 31, 1994                              1,574,792    $   1,575    $ 13,902    $1,991       $(1,608)     $ 15,861  
                                                                                                                         
     Net income                                                   --          --          --     1,766            --         1,766
Common stock dividend declared ($.275 per share)                  --          --          --      (433)           --          (433)
     Stock options exercised (Note 10)                         1,100           1          11        --            --            12
Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on investment                                                                       
        securities, net of applicable income taxes                --          --          --        --         1,760         1,760
                                                          ----------    --------    --------    ------       -------      --------
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1995                               1,575,892       1,576      13,913     3,324           152        18,966
                                                                                                                         
     Net income                                                   --          --          --     2,412            --         2,412
     Common stock dividend declared ($.30 per share)              --          --          --      (473)           --          (473)
     Stock options exercised before reorganization                                                                       
        (Note 10)                                                125          --           1        --            --             1
     Exchange of Enterprise Bank and Trust stock for                                                                     
        Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. stock (Note 1)           (1,576,017)     (1,576)    (13,914)       --            --       (15,491)
Issuance of $.01 par Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.                                                                            
        stock (Note 1)                                     1,576,017          16      15,475        --            --        15,491
     Stock options exercised after reorganization                                                                        
        (Note 10)                                                175          --           2        --            --             2
     Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on investment                                                                  
        securities, net of applicable income taxes                --          --          --        --          (260)         (260)
                                                          ----------    --------    --------    ------       -------      --------
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1996                               1,576,192          16      15,477     5,263          (108)       20,648
                                                                                                                         
     Net income                                                   --          --          --     2,912            --         2,912
     Common stock dividend declared ($.325 per share)             --          --          --      (512)           --          (512)
     Stock options exercised (Note 10)                         4,025          --          54        --            --            54
     Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on investment                                                                  
        securities, net of applicable income taxes                --          --          --        --           743           743
                                                          ----------    --------    --------    ------       -------      --------
                                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1997                               1,580,217    $     16    $ 15,531    $7,663       $   635      $ 23,845
                                                          ==========    ========    ========    ======       =======      ========
                                                                                                                       
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       31
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


($ in thousands)                                                 1997         1996        1995
                                                               --------     --------     -------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
       Net income                                              $  2,912       2,412       1,766
       Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
          provided by (used in) operating activities:
               Provision for loan losses                            320          --          --
               Depreciation and amortization                        945         874         658
               Loss (gain) on sale of investments                    37          (2)         --
               Gain on sale of loans                                (35)        (68)       (251)
               Loss on sale of real estate                           23          --          --
               Decrease in loans held for sale, net of gain         109       1,849         115
               Increase in accrued interest receivable             (271)       (877)       (555)
               (Increase)  decrease in prepaid expenses and
                   other assets                                    (154)       (200)        (83)
               Provision  (benefit) for deferred
                   income taxes                                    (208)         47          89
               Increase in accrued expenses and
                   other liabilities                                599          84         100
               Increase  (decrease)  in accrued
                   interest payable                                  60         (43)        307
               Change in income taxes payable/receivable            (80)       (314)        106
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                   Net cash provided by operating activities      4,257       3,762       2,252
                                                               --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from investing activities:
       Proceeds from sales of investment securities               9,269       5,920          --
       Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns
          of investment securities                               13,901       9,237      11,488
       Purchase of investment securities                        (15,505)    (56,306)    (41,523)
       Proceeds from sales of real estate acquired
       by foreclosure                                               200          28          50
       Net increase in loans                                    (36,696)    (28,344)     (3,047)
       Additions to premises and equipment, net                  (1,573)     (1,681)     (1,562)
Purchase of real estate owned as a result of
          foreclosure/workout activities                           (100)         --          --
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                   Net cash used in investing activities        (30,504)    (71,146)    (34,594)
                                                               --------    --------    --------

Cash flows from financing activities:
       Net increase in deposits                                  39,820      47,412      62,138
       Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings          (4,270)      9,756     (12,637)
       Net increase (decrease) in escrow deposits
          of borrowers                                              201          33         (17)
       Cash dividends declared on common stock                     (512)       (473)       (433)
       Net proceeds from exercise of stock options                   54           2          12
                                                               --------    --------    --------
                   Net cash provided by financing activities     35,293      56,730      49,063
                                                               --------    --------    --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents              9,046     (10,654)     16,721

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                   14,508      25,162       8,441
                                                               --------    --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                       $ 23,554      14,508      25,162
                                                               ========    ========    ========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                                                  (Continued)
                                       32
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                   (Continued)

                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


                                                               1997         1996       1995
                                                              ------       ------      ------

<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Supplemental financial data:
       Cash paid for:
          Interest on deposits and short-term borrowings      $9,480       8,233       5,355
          Income taxes                                         1,933       1,714         890
                                                                                      
       Transfers from real estate acquired by                                         
       foreclosure to loans                                       --         312          --
                                                                                      
       Transfers from loans to real estate acquired                                   
          by foreclosure                                         433           5          78
                                                                                   
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       33

<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995


(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

         (a) Holding Company Formation - Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
         Enterprise Bancorp,  Inc. (the "company") was organized on February 29,
1996 at the direction of Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company (the "bank") for the
purpose of becoming the holding company of the bank. The company entered into an
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with the bank dated as of February 29, 1996
(the  "Plan of  Reorganization").  On July  26,  1996,  pursuant  to the Plan of
Reorganization,  the company acquired all of the outstanding common stock, $1.00
par value,  of the bank in a  share-for-share  exchange  for common stock of the
company (the  "Reorganization").  Upon the effectiveness of the  Reorganization,
the bank  became the  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  company  and the former
shareholders of the bank became the shareholders of the company.

         At the time of its organization the company's  Articles of Organization
provided for 500,000 shares of common stock,  $.01 par value,  and 10,000 shares
of  preferred  stock,  $.01  par  value.  On July  17,  1996,  the  Articles  of
Organization  of the company were amended to increase the  company's  authorized
capital to 1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  $.01 par value, and 5,000,000
shares of common stock, $.01 par value.

         (b) Basis of Presentation
         The  consolidated  financial  statements  of Enterprise  Bancorp,  Inc.
include the accounts of the company and its wholly owned  subsidiary,  the bank,
Enterprise  Bank and  Trust  Company  including  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,
Enterprise  Securities  Corporation,  Inc.,  which was  incorporated on March 1,
1991.  All  significant   intercompany   accounts  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated  in  consolidation.  The  accounting  and  reporting  policies of the
company conform to generally  accepted  accounting  principles and to prevailing
practices within the banking industry.

         The  business  and  operations  of  the  company  are  subject  to  the
regulatory  oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System.
The Massachusetts  Commissioner of Banks also retains  supervisory  jurisdiction
over the  company.  To the extent  that the  accompanying  financial  statements
contain  information  as of a date or for a period prior to July 26, 1996,  such
information  pertains  to the  bank.  The  company  had no  material  assets  or
operations prior to completion of the Reorganizations on July 26, 1996.

         Enterprise  Bank and Trust  Company is a  Massachusetts  trust  company
which commenced banking operations on January 3, 1989. The bank's main office is
located  at 222  Merrimack  Street  in  Lowell,  Massachusetts.  The bank  began
offering  trust  services  in  June of  1992.  Branch  offices  were  opened  in
Chelmsford,  Massachusetts in June of 1993, Leominster,  Massachusetts in May of
1995,  Billerica,  Massachusetts  in June of 1995,  Tewksbury,  Massachusetts in
October  of 1996 and  Dracut,  Massachusetts  in  November  of 1997.  The bank's
deposit-gathering  and lending activities are conducted  primarily in Lowell and
the  surrounding   Massachusetts   cities  and  towns  of  Andover,   Billerica,
Chelmsford,  Dracut, Tewksbury,  Tyngsboro,  Westford, Leominster and Fitchburg.
The bank  offers a range of  commercial  and  consumer  services  with a goal of
satisfying  the  needs of  consumers,  small  and  medium-sized  businesses  and
professionals.

         The bank's  deposit  accounts are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC") up to the maximum amount
provided  by law.  The FDIC and the  Massachusetts  Commissioner  of Banks  (the
"Commissioner") have regulatory authority over the bank.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       34
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         In preparing the financial  statements,  management is required to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  values of  assets  and
liabilities  at the balance  sheet date and income and  expenses  for the years.
Actual  results,  particularly  regarding the estimate of the allowance for loan
losses may differ significantly from these estimates.

         (c) Investment Securities
         Investment  securities  that are  intended  to be held  for  indefinite
periods of time but which may not be held to maturity  or on a  long-term  basis
are  considered  to be "available  for sale" and are carried at fair value.  Net
unrealized gains and losses on investments available for sale, net of applicable
income taxes, are reflected as a component of stockholders' equity.  Included as
available for sale are  securities  that are  purchased in  connection  with the
company's  asset/liability  risk  management  strategy  and  that may be sold in
response  to changes in  interest  rates,  resultant  prepayment  risk and other
related factors.  In instances where the company has the positive intent to hold
to maturity,  investment  securities  will be classified as held to maturity and
carried at amortized  cost. At December 31, 1997 and 1996,  all of the company's
investment  securities were classified as available for sale and carried at fair
value.

         Investment   securities'   discounts  are  accreted  and  premiums  are
amortized over the period of estimated  principal  repayment using methods which
approximate the interest method.

         Gains or losses on the sale of investment  securities are recognized at
the time of sale on a specific identification basis.

         (d) Loans
         The company grants single family and  multi-family  residential  loans,
commercial real estate loans,  commercial loans and a variety of consumer loans.
In addition, the company grants loans for the construction of residential homes,
multi-family  properties,   commercial  real  estate  properties  and  for  land
development. Most loans granted by the company are collateralized by real estate
or equipment and/or are guaranteed by the borrower.  The ability and willingness
of the single family residential and consumer borrowers to honor their repayment
commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity and
real estate  values  within the  borrowers'  geographic  areas.  The ability and
willingness  of  commercial  real  estate,   commercial  and  construction  loan
borrowers to honor their  repayment  commitments  is generally  dependent on the
health of the real  estate  sector in the  borrowers'  geographic  areas and the
general economy.

         Loans are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred
origination  fees and costs.  Loan  origination  fees  received  are offset with
direct loan  origination  costs and are deferred and amortized  over the life of
the related loans using the level-yield  method or are recognized in income when
the related loans are sold or paid-off.

         Loans on which  the  accrual  of  interest  has been  discontinued  are
designated as non-accrual  loans.  Accrual of interest on loans is  discontinued
either when  reasonable  doubt  exists as to the full and timely  collection  of
interest or principal,  or generally when a loan becomes  contractually past due
by 60 days or a mortgage  loan  becomes  contractually  past due by 90 days with
respect to interest or principal.  When a loan is placed on non-accrual  status,
all interest  previously  accrued but not collected is reversed  against current
period interest  income.  Interest  accruals are resumed on such loans only when
payments  are brought  current and when,  in the  judgment  of  management,  the
collectability  of both principal and interest is reasonably  assured.  Payments
received on loans in a non-accrual status are generally applied to principal.

                                                                     (Continued)
                                       35
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         Loans  held for sale are  carried at the lower of  aggregate  amortized
cost  or  market  value,  giving   consideration  to  commitments  to  originate
additional  loans and commitments to sell loans.  When loans are sold, a gain or
loss is recognized to the extent that the sales proceeds exceed or are less than
the  carrying  value of the loans.  Gains and losses  are  determined  using the
specific identification method.

         Effective   January  1,  1997,  the  company   adopted  SFAS  No.  125,
"Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments
of  Liabilities."  This  Statement is effective  for  transfers and servicing of
financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after December 31,
1996 and is applied  prospectively.  However,  SFAS No.  127,  "Deferral  of the
Effective Date of Certain Provisions of SFAS No. 125",  requires the deferral of
implementation as it relates to repurchase agreements, dollar-rolls,  securities
lending and similar  transactions until years beginning after December 31, 1997.
Earlier or  retrospective  application of this Statement is not permitted.  SFAS
No. 125 provides  accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing
of financial  assets and  extinguishments  of  liabilities.  Those standards are
based on an  approach  that  focuses on  control,  whereby  after a transfer  of
financial  assets,  an entity  recognizes the financial and servicing  assets it
controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when
control has been surrendered,  and derecognizes  liabilities when  extinguished.
This Statement provides  consistent  standards for  distinguishing  transfers of
financial assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings.  The
adoption  of SFAS No.  125 did not have a  significant  effect on the  company's
financial position or results of operations. The adoption of SFAS No. 127 is not
expected to have a material effect on the company's financial statements.

         (e) Allowance for Loan Losses
         The  allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for
loan losses charged to operations. Loan losses are charged against the allowance
when  management  believes  that the  collectability  of the loan  principal  is
unlikely.  Recoveries  on  loans  previously  charged-off  are  credited  to the
allowance.

         The  determination  of the  adequacy  of the  allowance  is based  upon
management's  assessment of risk elements in the  portfolio,  factors  affecting
loan quality,  and assumptions about the economic  environment in which the bank
operates. The process includes  identification and analysis of loss potential in
various portfolio  segments utilizing a credit risk grading process and specific
reviews and  evaluations of significant  individual  problem loans. In addition,
management  reviews  overall  portfolio  quality  through an analysis of current
levels and trends in charge-offs, delinquency and non-performing loan data, peer
group  data,   forecasts  of  economic   conditions  and  the  overall   banking
environment.  These  reviews  are  dependent  upon  estimates,  appraisals,  and
judgments,  which can change quickly because of changing economic conditions and
the  management's  perception  as to how these  conditions  affect the  debtors'
economic prospects.

         Management  believes  that the  allowance  for loan losses is adequate.
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future
additions to the  allowance may be necessary.  In addition,  various  regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,  periodically review
the company's  allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require the company
to recognize  additions to the allowance based on judgments different from those
of management.
                                                                   (Continued)
                                      36
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         Impaired loans are individually  significant  commercial and commercial
real estate loans for which it is probable  that the company will not be able to
collect all amounts due in accordance with contractual terms. Impaired loans are
accounted  for,  except those loans that are  accounted  for at fair value or at
lower of cost or fair value,  at the present  value of the expected  future cash
flows  discounted  at the  loan's  effective  interest  rate or, as a  practical
expedient,  in the case of collateralized loans, the difference between the fair
value of the  collateral  and the recorded  amount of the loans.  Impaired loans
exclude large groups of smaller-balance  homogeneous loans that are collectively
evaluated for  impairment,  loans that are measured at fair value and leases and
debt  securities  as defined in SFAS No. 115.  Management  considers the payment
status, net worth and earnings potential of the borrower, and the value and cash
flow  of the  collateral  as  factors  to  determine  if a loan  will be paid in
accordance with its contractual terms. Management does not set any minimum delay
of payments as a factor in reviewing for impaired classification. Impaired loans
are charged-off when management  believes that the  collectability of the loan's
principal is remote.

         (f) Premises and Equipment
         Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are
computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related
asset categories as follows:

         Leasehold improvements                        10 years
         Computer software and equipment           3 to 5 years
         Furniture, fixtures and equipment         3 to 5 years

         (g) Real Estate Acquired by Foreclosure
         Real estate acquired by foreclosure is comprised of properties acquired
through foreclosure  proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.
Real estate  formally  acquired in settlement of loans is initially  recorded at
the lower of the  carrying  value of the loan or the fair value of the  property
constructively  or actually  received less estimated  selling costs. Loan losses
arising  from  the  acquisition  of such  properties  are  charged  against  the
allowance for loan losses.  Operating expenses and any subsequent  provisions to
reduce  the  carrying  value  to net  fair  value  are  charged  to real  estate
operations  in the  current  period.  Gains  and  losses  upon  disposition  are
reflected in earnings as realized.

       (h) Income Taxes
         The  company  uses the asset and  liability  method of  accounting  for
income  taxes.  Under  this  method  deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  are
reflected  at currently  enacted  income tax rates  applicable  to the period in
which the  deferred  tax assets or  liabilities  are  expected to be realized or
settled.  As changes in tax laws or rates are  enacted,  deferred tax assets and
liabilities will be adjusted accordingly through the provision for income taxes.

       (i) Stock Options
         The company  measures  compensation  cost for stock-based  compensation
plans under Accounting  Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees."  Under APB No. 25, no compensation  cost is recorded
if, at the grant date,  the  exercise  price of the options is equal to the fair
market value of the company's common stock.
                                                                     (Continued)

                                       37
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


       (j) Trust Assets
         Securities  and other  property held in a fiduciary or agency  capacity
are not included in the consolidated  balance sheets because they are not assets
of the  company.  Trust assets  under  management  at December 31, 1997 and 1996
totaled  $165.7  million  and $126.3  million,  respectively.  Income from trust
activities is reported on an accrual basis.

       (k) Earnings Per Share
         For  1997,  the  company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standard  ("SFAS") No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share".  SFAS No. 128  specifies the
computation,  presentation  and disclosure  requirements  for earnings per share
("EPS"). SFAS No. 128 simplifies the standard for computing EPS previously found
in APB Opinion No. 15 and makes them comparable to international  EPS standards.
The statement  replaces the presentation of primary EPS with basic EPS, requires
dual  presentation  of basic and  diluted  EPS on the face of the  statement  of
income,  and requires a  reconciliation  or  explanation  of the  numerator  and
denominator of the diluted EPS computation.  The adoption of this  pronouncement
also requires restatement of all prior years EPS data presented.

         Basic  earnings per share is  calculated  by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of common shares  outstanding  during the year.  Diluted
earnings per share reflects the effect on weighted average shares outstanding of
the number of  additional  shares  outstanding  if dilutive  stock  options were
converted  into common stock using the treasury  stock  method.  The increase in
average shares  outstanding,  using the treasury  stock method,  for the diluted
earnings  per share  calculation  were  35,565,  20,841 and 11,562 for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

       (l) Other Accounting Rule Changes
         In February 1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
issued SFAS No. 129, "Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure",  which
is effective for 1997 financial statements. These financial statements currently
comply with the provisions of this statement.

         In June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income".   SFAS  130   establishes   standards  of  reporting   and   displaying
comprehensive  income,  which  is  defined  as  all  changes  to  equity  except
investments  and  distributions  to  shareholders.  Net income is a component of
comprehensive  income, with all other components referred to in the aggregate as
other  comprehensive  income. This statement is effective for the 1998 financial
statements.

         Also in June 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information",  which establishes standards
for reporting  information  about operating  segments.  An operating  segment is
defined as a component of a business for which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated  regularly by the chief operating  decision maker in
deciding how to allocate  resources  and evaluate  performance.  This  statement
requires a company to  disclose  certain  income  statement  and  balance  sheet
information  by  operating  segment,  as well as  provide  a  reconciliation  of
operating  segment  information  to the company's  consolidated  balances.  This
statement is effective for 1998  financial  statements.  The company  intends to
report as one operating segment.
                                                                     (Continued)

                                       38
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Investment Securities

         The amortized cost and estimated  fair values of investment  securities
at December 31, are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997
                                         --------------------------------------------------------
                                         Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized        Fair
       ($ in thousands)                    cost            gains         losses           value
                                         ---------      ----------      ----------       --------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>               <C>         <C>   
U.S. agency obligations                  $ 53,998             616             117          54,497
U.S. treasury obligations                  28,100             242               8          28,334
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities     12,416             126              78          12,464
Municipal obligations                      14,344             287               1          14,630
                                         --------        --------        --------        --------
       Total bonds and obligations        108,858           1,271             204         109,925
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost       2,961              --              --           2,961
                                         --------        --------        --------        -------- 
       Total investment securities       $111,819           1,271             204         112,886
                                         ========        ========        ========        ========
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996
                                         --------------------------------------------------------
                                         Amortized      Unrealized      Unrealized        Fair
       ($ in thousands)                    cost            gains         losses           value
                                         ---------      ----------      ----------       --------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>               <C>         <C> 
U.S. agency obligations                  $ 61,156             437             638          60,955
U.S. treasury obligations                  31,232             156             158          31,230
U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities     11,854              80             174          11,760
Municipal obligations                      12,380             165              55          12,490
                                         --------        --------        --------        --------
       Total bonds and obligations        116,622             838           1,025         116,435
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost       2,961              --              --           2,961
                                         --------        --------        --------        --------   
       Total investment securities       $119,583             838           1,025         119,396
                                         ========        ========        ========        ========
</TABLE>
         Included  in U.S.  agency  securities  are  investments  with  callable
features  that can be  called  prior to  final  maturity  with  fair  values  of
$43,495,000  and  $48,821,000,  at  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.
Included  in  U.S.   agency   mortgage-backed   securities  are   collateralized
mortgage-backed  obligations  with fair values of $12,003,000 and $11,139,000 at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         At December 31, 1997,  securities with a fair value of $13,024,000 were
pledged as collateral for short-term  borrowings  (Note 8) and securities with a
fair value of $1,570,000  were pledged as collateral for treasury,  tax and loan
deposits. At December 31, 1996, securities with a fair value of $15,740,000 were
pledged as collateral for short-term  borrowings  (Note_8) and securities with a
fair value of $2,007,000  were pledged as collateral for treasury,  tax and loan
deposits.

         The contractual maturity distribution of total bonds and obligations at
December 31, 1997 is as follows:
                                    Amortized              Fair
 ($ in thousands)                    Cost      Percent     Value     Percent 
                                   ---------   -------  ----------  --------
 Within one year                    $  8,181     7.5%      8,210      7.5%
 After one but within three years     32,115    29.5      32,212     29.3
 After three but within five years    20,638    19.0      21,016     19.1
 After five but within ten years      35,198    32.3      35,785     32.5
 After ten years                      12,726    11.7      12,702     11.6
                                    --------   -----      ------    -----  
                                    $108,858   100.0%    109,925    100.0%
                                    ========   =====      ======    =====
                                                                     (Continued)
                                       39
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         Mortgage-backed  securities  are shown at their final  maturity but are
expected to have shorter average lives due to principal repayments.  U.S. agency
obligations  are shown at their final  maturity but are expected to have shorter
lives  because  issuers of certain bonds reserve the right to call or prepay the
obligations  without call or prepayment  penalties and certain U.S. agency lives
may be shorter based on mortgage prepayment rates.

         Sales and calls of investment  securities  for the years ended December
31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 are summarized as follows:

($ in thousands)                              1997       1996      1995
                                              ----       ----      ----

Book value of securities sold or called    $ 19,725     11,059       --
Gross realized gains on sales/calls              16         50       --
Gross realized losses on sales/calls            (53)       (48)      --
                                           --------    -------     ----
   Total proceeds from sales or                                    
        calls of investment securities     $ 19,688     11,061       --
                                           ========    =======     ====
                                                                 
(3)    Loans and Loans Held for Sale

       Major  classifications  of loans and loans held for sale at December  31,
are as follows:

       ($ in thousands)                                  1997         1996
                                                         ----         ----
Real estate:
   Commercial                                         $  66,836       52,378
   Construction                                          13,149        6,474
   Residential                                           42,648       35,844
Residential loans held for sale                              --           74
                                                      ---------    ---------
        Total real estate                               122,633       94,770

Commercial                                               42,202       38,202
Home equity                                              12,203        8,255
Consumer                                                  4,657        4,043
                                                      ---------    ---------
        Total loans                                     181,695      145,270

Deferred loan origination fees                           (1,111)        (950)
Allowance for loan losses                                (4,290)      (3,895)
                                                      ---------    ---------

        Net loans and loans held for sale             $ 176,294      140,425
                                                      =========    =========

         Directors,  officers,  principal  stockholders and their associates are
credit customers of the company in the normal course of business.  All loans and
commitments  included in such  transactions are made on  substantially  the same
terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the time
for comparable  transactions with  unaffiliated  persons and do not involve more
than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable  features.  As
of December 31, 1997, and 1996, the  outstanding  loan balances to directors and
officers of the company and their  associates  was  $2,315,000  and  $1,815,000,
respectively.  Unadvanced portions of lines of credit available to directors and
officers  were  $1,422,000  and  $850,000,  as of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,
respectively. During 1997, new loans and net increases in loan balances on lines
of credit  under  existing  commitments  of  $963,000  were  made and  principal
paydowns of  $463,000  were  received.  All loans to these  related  parties are
current.

                                                                    (Continued)

                                       40
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Non-accrual loans at December 31, are summarized as follows:

       ($ in thousands)                     1997            1996
                                          -------          ------

Real estate                               $  360            1,258
Commercial                                   400              491
Consumer, including home equity              283              488
                                          ------           ------               
     Total non-accrual                    $1,043            2,237
                                          ======           ======
                                                  
         There were no commitments to lend  additional  funds to those borrowers
whose loans were  classified as non-accrual at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.
The  reduction in interest  income for the years ended  December 31,  associated
with non-accruing loans is summarized as follows:

($ in thousands)                                  1997      1996      1995
                                                  ----      ----      ----
                        
Income in accordance with original loan terms     $427       428       316
Income recognized                                  185       122        90
                                                  ----      ----      ----    
   Reduction in interest income                   $242       306       226
                                                  ====      ====      ====
                                                                 

         At December 31, 1997 and 1996, total impaired loans were $1,567,000 and
$1,296,000,  respectively.  In the opinion of management,  impaired loans with a
book value of $295,000  required  allocated  reserves of $50,000 at December 31,
1997, and impaired loans with a book value $211,000 required  allocated reserves
of $50,000,  at December 31, 1996.  All of the $1,567,000 of impaired loans have
been measured  using the fair value of the collateral  method.  During the years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1996,  the average  recorded value of impaired loans
was  $1,823,000  and  $1,197,000,  respectively.  Included in the  reduction  in
interest  income in the table above is $105,000 and $141,000 of interest  income
that was not  recognized  on loans that were deemed  impaired as of December 31,
1997 and 1996,  respectively.  All payments received on non-accrual loans deemed
to be impaired  loans are applied to principal.  The company is not committed to
lend additional funds on any loans that are considered impaired

         Changes in the allowance  for loan losses for the years ended  December
31, are summarized as follows:

($ in thousands)                                1997         1996         1995
                                              -------       ------       ------
Balance at beginning of year                  $ 3,895        4,107        4,341

   Provision charged to operations                320           --           --
   Loan recoveries                                376           32          171
   Loans charged-off                             (301)        (244)        (405)
                                              -------       ------       ------
Balance at end of year                        $ 4,290        3,895        4,107
                                              =======       ======       ======

         At December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the bank was servicing mortgage
loans sold to investors  amounting to $27,307,000,  $29,427,000 and $32,013,000,
respectively.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       41
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(4) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31, are summarized as follows:

($ in thousands)                                             1997         1996
                                                           -------      -------

Land                                                       $   270          270
Buildings and leasehold improvements                         3,676        2,831
Computer software and equipment                              3,061        2,548
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                            1,701        1,486
                                                           -------      -------
                                                             8,708        7,135
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization              (4,629)      (3,746)
                                                           -------      -------

                                                           $ 4,079        3,389
                                                           =======      =======

         The company is obligated under various non-cancelable  operating leases
some of which  provide for  periodic  adjustments.  At December 31, 1997 minimum
lease payments for these operating leases were as follows:

        ($ in thousands)
         Payable in:
              1998                                              $    369
              1999                                                   374
            2000                                                     229
              2001                                                   121
              Thereafter                                              97
                                                                --------
              Total minimum lease payments                      $  1,190
                                                                ========

         Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995
amounted to $292,000, $240,000, and $198,000, respectively.

(5)    Accrued Interest Receivable

       Accrued interest receivable consists of the following at December 31:

       ($ in thousands)                                       1997         1996
                                                             ------       ------

Investments                                                  $1,756        1,802
Loans and loans held for sale                                 1,215          898
                                                             ------       ------
                                                           
                                                             $2,971        2,700
                                                             ======       ======
                                                        
(6)    Real Estate Acquired by Foreclosure

         Real estate  acquired by  foreclosure  is comprised of commercial  real
estate  properties  of  $393,000  and  $83,000 at  December  31,  1997 and 1996,
respectively.  An analysis of real estate  acquired by foreclosure for the years
ended December 31, is as follows:

($ in thousands)                                              1997         1996
                                                             ------       ------

Balance at beginning of year                                 $  83          418
   Acquisitions as a result of foreclosures                    533            5
   Sales proceeds and principal repayments,
        net of loss on sale                                   (223)         (28)
   Transfer to loans                                            --         (312)
                                                             -----        -----

Balance at end of year                                       $ 393           83
                                                             =====        =====

                                                                    (Continued)

                                       42
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 (7)   Deposits

       Deposits at December 31, are summarized as follows:

($ in thousands)                                          1997          1996
                                                        --------      --------

Demand                                                  $ 51,411        42,528
Savings                                                   19,909        18,436
NOW                                                       66,634        51,944
Money market                                              29,943        26,290
Time deposits less than $100,000                          73,907        75,499
Time deposits of $100,000 or more                         41,445        28,732
                                                        --------      --------

                                                        $283,249       243,429
                                                        ========      ========

         Interest  expense on time  deposits  with  balances of $100,000 or more
amounted to $2,097,000 in 1997, $1,560,000 in 1996, and $913,000 in 1995.

         The  following  table shows the  scheduled  maturities of time deposits
with balances less than $100,000 and greater than $100,000 at December 31, 1997:

                                                     Less     Greater
                                                     than      than
($ in thousands)                                   $100,000  $100,000     Total
                                                   --------  --------    -------

Due in less than three months                      $22,327     27,280     49,607
Due in over three through twelve months             36,044     11,542     47,586
Due in twelve months through thirty months          15,536      2,623     18,159
                                                   -------    -------    -------
                                                   $73,907     41,445    115,352
                                                   =======    =======    =======

(8)    Short-Term Borrowings

       Borrowed funds at December 31, are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1997                    1996             1995
                                      --------------------      ----------------  -----------------
                                                   Average               Average            Average
($ in thousands)                       Amount        Rate        Amount    Rate    Amount    Rate
                                      -------      -------      -------  -------  -------   -------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>
Securities sold under agreements to
   repurchase, due on demand          $11,047       3.35%       $11,824   3.81%    $6,982    3.70%
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston                                                   
borrowings                              1,420       7.05%         4,913   7.32%        --      --
                                      -------                   -------            ------
                                                                                   
                                      $12,467       3.77%       $16,737   4.84%    $6,982    3.70%
                                      =======                   =======            ======
</TABLE>
                                                                           

         Securities  sold under  agreement to repurchase  averaged  $13,864,000,
$7,855,000,  and $6,763,000  during 1997, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Maximum
amounts  outstanding  at  any  month  end  during  1997,  1996,  and  1995  were
$19,398,000,  $11,824,000,  and  $9,451,000,  respectively.  The average cost of
repurchase  agreements was 4.07%, 3.54%, and 3.70% during fiscal 1997, 1996, and
1995, respectively.
                                                                     (Continued)

                                       43
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         The bank  became a member  of the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank of  Boston
("FHLB") in March, 1994. FHLB borrowings averaged  $4,426,000,  $6,537,000,  and
$9,363,000   during  1997,  1996,  and  1995,   respectively.   Maximum  amounts
outstanding  at any month end  during  1997,  1996,  and 1995 were  $10,372,000,
$13,043,000, and $20,958,000,  respectively. The average cost of FHLB borrowings
was 5.68%,  5.62% and 6.37% during fiscal 1997,  1996,  and 1995,  respectively.
Borrowings  from the FHLB are secured by FHLB stock,  1-4 family owner  occupied
residential loans and the bank's investment portfolio not otherwise pledged.

         As a  member  of the  FHLB,  the  bank  has  access  to a  pre-approved
overnight  line of credit for up to 5% of its total  assets and the  capacity to
borrow an amount up to the value of its qualified collateral,  as defined by the
FHLB.  At  December  31,  1997,  the  bank  had the  capacity  to  borrow  up to
approximately $77,500,000 from the FHLB.

         FHLB borrowings  outstanding at December 31, 1997 consisted entirely of
overnight borrowings.

(9) Stockholders' Equity

         Holders of common  stock are  entitled  to one vote per share,  and are
entitled to receive  dividends if and when  declared by the board of  directors.
Dividend and liquidation rights of the common stock may be subject to the rights
of any outstanding Preferred Stock.

         Applicable regulatory requirements require the company to maintain Tier
1 capital  (which in the case of the company is composed of common equity) equal
to 4.00% of assets  (leverage  capital  ratio),  total capital equal to 8.00% of
risk-weighted  assets (total capital ratio) and Tier 1 capital equal to 4.00% of
risk-weighted  assets (Tier 1 capital  ratio).  Total  capital  includes  Tier 1
capital plus Tier 2 capital (which in the case of the company is composed of the
general valuation  allowance up to 1.25% of risk-weighted  assets).  The company
met all regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 1997.

         The  company  is subject to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements
administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital
requirements  can  initiate  or  result  in  certain  mandatory,   and  possibly
additional discretionary,  actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  company's  financial  statements.   Under
applicable capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action applicable to the bank, the company must meet specific capital
guidelines  that  involve   quantitative   measures  of  the  company's  assets,
liabilities,  and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The company's capital amounts and classifications are also
subject to  qualitative  judgments  by the  regulators  about  components,  risk
weightings, and other factors.

         Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to ensure  capital
adequacy  require the company to maintain the minimum capital amounts and ratios
(set forth in the table  below) of total and Tier 1 capital  (as  defined in the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined).  Management  believes,  as of
December 31, 1997, that the company meets all capital  adequacy  requirements to
which it is subject.

         As of December 31, 1997, both the company and the bank qualify as "well
capitalized" under applicable Federal Reserve Board and FDIC regulations.  To be
categorized as well capitalized,  the company and the bank must maintain minimum
total, Tier 1 and, in the case of the bank, leverage capital ratios as set forth
in the table below.

                                                                     (Continued)

                                       44
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         The company's  actual  capital  amounts and ratios are presented in the
table below. The bank's capital amounts and ratios do not differ materially from
the amounts and ratios presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Minimum Capital          Minimum Capital
                                                                     For Capital                  To Be
                                              Actual               Adequacy Purposes        Well Capitalized
                                       -------------------        ------------------       ------------------
($ in thousands)                        Amount      Ratio          Amount     Ratio         Amount     Ratio
                                       -------     -------        --------   -------       -------     ------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
   As of December 31, 1997:
Total Capital
   (to risk weighted assets)           $25,686      13.23%        $15,536     8.0%         $19,420     10.0%
                                                                                          
Tier 1 Capital                                                                            
(to risk weighted assets)               23,183      11.94%          7,768     4.0%          11,652      6.0%
                                                                                          
Tier 1 Capital*                                                                           
   (to average assets)                  23,183       7.21%         12,868     4.0%          16,086      5.0%
                                                                                          
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Minimum Capital          Minimum Capital
                                                                     For Capital                  To Be
                                              Actual               Adequacy Purposes        Well Capitalized
                                       -------------------        ------------------       ------------------
($ in thousands)                        Amount      Ratio          Amount     Ratio         Amount     Ratio
                                       -------     -------        --------   -------       -------     ------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
    As of December 31, 1996:                                                               
Total Capital                                                                             
   (to risk weighted assets)           $24,591      15.43%        $12,751     8.0%         $15,939     10.0%
                                                                                          
Tier 1 Capital                                                                            
(to risk weighted assets)               20,696      12.98%          6,375     4.0%           9,563      6.0%
                                                                                          
Tier 1 Capital*                                                                           
   (to average assets)                  20,696       7.42%         11,155     4.0%          13,944      5.0%
                                                                          
<FN>
*        For the bank to qualify as "well  capitalized",  it must also maintain a leverage  capital ratio (Tier 1 capital to average
         assets)  of at least  5%.  This  requirement  does not apply to the  company  and is  reflected  in the  table  merely  for
         informational purposes with respect to the bank.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         Neither  the company or the bank may  declare or pay  dividends  on its
stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders' equity to be reduced below
applicable  regulatory  capital  requirements or if such declaration and payment
would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

(10) Stock Option Plan

         The board of  directors  of the bank  adopted a 1988 Stock  Option Plan
(the "1988 plan"),  which was approved by the  shareholders of the bank in 1989.
The 1988 plan  permits  the  board of  directors  to grant  both  incentive  and
non-qualified stock options to officers and full-time employees for the purchase
of up to 153,902 shares of common stock. Any shares of common stock reserved for
issuance  pursuant to options  granted under the 1988 plan which are returned to
the company unexercised shall remain available for issuance under the 1988 plan.
The 1988 plan was assumed by and became  effective  under the company  after the
completion of the Reorganization discussed in Note 1.

         Under the terms of the 1988 plan,  incentive  stock  options may not be
granted at less than 100% of the fair market  value of the shares on the date of
grant and may not have a term of more than ten years.  For  participants  owning
10% or more of the company's  outstanding  common stock, such options may not be
granted at less than 110% of the fair market  value of the shares on the date of
grant.

                                                                    (Continued)

                                       45
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

         All options  granted thus far are exercisable at the rate of 25% a year
and all such options expire 10 years from the date of grant. All options granted
thus far are categorized as incentive stock options.  Stock option  transactions
are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1997                   1996                      1995
                                     -------------------     --------------------      -------------------
                                                Wtd. Avg.               Wtd. Avg.                Wtd. Avg.
                                                Exercise                 Exercise                 Exercise
                                      Shares     Price        Shares      Price        Shares      Price
                                     -------    --------     --------   ---------      -------   ---------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>   
Outstanding at beginning of year     127,650    $12.14        102,050    $ 11.65        78,100     $11.04
   Granted                            25,450     18.00         26,300      14.00        25,650      13.50
   Exercised                          (4,025)    13.44           (300)     11.34        (1,100)     11.00
   Forfeited                            (700)    13.57           (400)     12.00          (600)     12.00
                                     -------                  -------                  -------
Outstanding at end of year           148,375     13.10        127,650      12.14       102,050      11.65
                                     =======                  =======                  =======
Exercisable at end of year            92,675     11.52         81,562      11.22        74,650      11.01
Shares reserved for future grants        102                   24,852                   50,752   
</TABLE>              
         A summary of options  outstanding  and exercisable by exercise price as
of December 31, 1997 follows:
                                      Outstanding             Exercisable
                              ----------------------------    -----------
                                                 Wtd. Avg.
                                                 Remaining
     Exercise Price           # Shares             Life        # Shares
     --------------           --------           ---------     --------
        $11.00                 73,500              2.51         73,500
        $12.00                  2,300              6.35          2,031
        $13.50                 21,450              7.52         10,725
        $14.00                 25,675              8.51          6,419
        $18.00                 25,450              9.50           --
                              -------              ----        -------
                              148,375              5.53         92,675
                              =======              ====        =======
                                        
         The company  applies APB Opinion No. 25 in accounting for stock options
and,  accordingly,  no compensation expense has been recognized in the financial
statements.  Had the company determined  compensation  expense based on the fair
value at the grant date for its stock  options under SFAS 123, the company's net
income would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 ($ in thousands, except per share data)          1997        1996      1995
                                                -------      ------     -----
Net income as reported                          $ 2,912      2,412      1,766
Pro forma net income                              2,840      2,371      1,755

Basic earnings per share as reported               1.85       1.53       1.12
Pro forma basic earnings per share                 1.80       1.50       1.11

Fully diluted earnings per share as reported       1.81       1.51       1.11
Pro forma fully diluted earnings per share         1.76       1.49       1.11

         Pro forma net income  reflects only options  granted in 1997,  1996 and
1995.  Therefore,  the full impact of calculating the  compensation  expense for
stock  options  under  SFAS 123 is not  reflected  in the pro forma  net  income
amounts above since options granted prior to January 1, 1995 are not considered.
The per share weighted  average fair value of stock options issued in 1997, 1996
and 1995, was determined to be $5.76, $4.48, and $4.32,  respectively.  The fair
value of the options was  determined  to be 32% of the market value of the stock
at the date of grant.  The value was  based on  consultation  with  compensation
consultants hired by the company and subsequent validation by management using a
binomial  distribution  model in 1997.  The  assumptions  used in the  model for
risk-free  interest  rate,  expected  volatility and expected life in years were
5.8%, 15.0%, and 8 years, respectively.
                                                                     (Continued)
                                       46
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(11) Employee Benefit Plans
         401(k) Defined Contribution Plan
         The company has a 401(k)  defined-contribution  employee  benefit plan.
The 401(k) plan allows eligible employees to contribute a base percentage,  plus
a supplemental  percentage,  of their pre-tax earnings to the plan. A portion of
the base percentage,  as determined by the board of directors, is matched by the
company. No company  contributions are made for supplemental  contributions made
by  participants.  The percentage  matched for the 1997,  1996 and 1995 calendar
years was 84%, 50% and 50%, respectively,  up to the first 6% contributed by the
employee.  The  increase  from  50% in 1996 to 84% in 1997  was a  result  of an
additional  match due to favorable  performance in the Employee Bonus Program as
discussed below.  The company's  expense for the 401(k) plan match for the years
ended  December 31,  1997,  1996 and 1995 was  $186,000,  $87,000  and  $92,000,
respectively.

         Employees  working a minimum of 20 hours per week and at least 21 years
of age are immediately  eligible to  participate.  Vesting for the bank's 401(k)
plan  contribution is based on years of service with  participants  becoming 20%
vested after 3 years of service,  increasing  pro-rata to 100%  vesting  after 7
years of service. Amounts not distributable to an employee following termination
of employment are returned to the bank.

         Employee Bonus Program
         The company implemented a bonus program,  which includes all employees,
beginning in 1995. Bonuses are paid to the employees based on the accomplishment
of certain  goals and  objectives  that are  determined  at the beginning of the
fiscal  year  and  approved  by  the  compensation  committee  of the  board  of
directors.  The goals and  objectives  include  certain ratios such as return on
assets,  return on equity, net interest margin,  non-interest expense and income
to assets, non-accrual loans to total loans and the overall growth of the bank's
loan and  deposit  balances.  Participants  are paid a share of the bonus  pool,
based on a pre-determined allocation depending in which group the employee falls
into including:  vice presidents and above, officers, and non-officer employees.
In 1997, 1996 and 1995,  gross payments charged to salaries and benefits expense
under the plan were $589,000, $402,000 and $363,000,  respectively.  In addition
to the $589,000 increase in gross salaries, the bank also increased the employer
contribution  to the 401(k) plan by $79,000,  or an  additional  34% of employee
contributions  up to the  first 6%  contributed  by the  employee.  The  $79,000
increase  on employer  match on the  company's  401(k) plan is also  included in
salaries and benefits for 1997.

       Supplemental Cash Bonus Plan 
         The  company  established  a  supplemental  cash bonus plan for certain
executive officers. The goals, objectives and pay-out schedule of this plan were
approved by the  compensation  committee.  The plan provides for payment of cash
bonuses  based on the  achievement  of a bonus  pay-out to all  employees in the
employee bonus program  discussed in the previous  paragraph and the achievement
of certain  earnings  per share  goals.  In 1997 and 1996,  $70,000 and $52,000,
respectively, was charged to salaries and benefits under this plan.

       Split-Dollar Plan
         The  company  adopted  a  Split-Dollar  Plan  for the  company's  chief
executive  officer  in 1996.  This plan  provides  for the  company  to fund the
purchase  of a cash value life  insurance  policy  owned by the  executive.  The
company accounts for the premiums paid as an interest free loan. Annual premiums
are paid by the company until the executive  retires.  At the time of retirement
of the  executive,  annuity  payments are made to the  executive.  The aggregate
amount of the  premiums  funded is  returned  to the  company at the time of the
executive's  death.  Annual  premiums of  $144,000  are due until 2004 under the
current plan.  The amount  charged to expense for these benefits was $31,000 and
$11,518, in 1997 and 1996, respectively.
                                                                     (Continued)


                                       47
<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(12) Income Taxes

         The  components  of income tax expense for the years ended  December 31
were calculated using the liability method as follows:

($ in thousands)                                 1997      1996       1995
                                               -------    -------   -------    
Current tax expense:
   Federal                                     $ 1,389      1,033       733
   State                                           464        367       263
                                               -------    -------   -------
        Total current tax expense                1,853      1,400       996
                                               -------    -------   -------
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
   Federal                                        (155)        35       (12)
   State                                           (53)        12       101
                                               -------    -------   -------
        Total deferred tax expense (benefit)      (208)        47        89
                                               -------    -------   -------
        Total income tax expense               $ 1,645      1,447     1,085
                                               =======    =======   =======

         The  provision  for income taxes  differs  from the amount  computed by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate (34%) as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1997                      1996                     1995
                                  ------------------     --------------------     ------------------
($ in thousands)                   Amount       %         Amount        %          Amount       %
                                  --------    ------     --------     -------     -------     ------
<S>                              <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Computed income tax expense
   at statutory rate              $ 1,549      34.0%      $ 1,312      34.0%      $   969      34.0% 
State income taxes, net of                                                        
   federal tax benefit                271       5.9%          250       6.5%          240       8.4%
Municipal bond interest              (215)     (4.7%)        (195)     (5.1%)        (139)     (4.8%)
Other                                  40        .9%           80       2.1%           15       0.5%
                                  --------    ------     --------     ------      -------     ------       
Income tax expense                $ 1,645      36.1       $ 1,447      37.5%      $ 1,085      38.1%
                                  ========    ======     ========     ======      =======     ======
</TABLE>
         At December 31, 1997 and  December  31,  1996,  the tax effects of each
type of income and expense item that give rise to deferred taxes are:

($ in thousands)                                    1997     1996
                                                  -------  -------
Deferred tax asset:
   Allowance for loan losses                      $1,611    1,473
   Depreciation                                      316      242
   Deferred loan fees                                 61       61
   Net unrealized loss on investment securities       --       79
   Other                                              25       29
                                                  ------   ------
        Total                                      2,013    1,884

Deferred tax liability:
   Net unrealized gain on investment securities      432       --
                                                  ------   ------
Net deferred tax asset                            $1,581    1,884
                                                  ======   ======

         At December 31, 1997, the net Federal  deferred tax asset of $1,157,000
is  supported  by  recoverable  income taxes of  approximately  $3,196,000.  The
company needs to generate approximately  $4,089,000 of future net taxable income
to realize the state  deferred  tax asset of $424,000 as of December  31,  1997.
There was no valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset at December 31, 1997
and 1996. Management believes that the net deferred income tax asset at December
31, 1997 is an amount that will more likely than not be realized.
                                                                    (Continued)
                                       48
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


(13) Related Party Transactions

         The company's offices in Lowell, Massachusetts,  are leased from realty
trusts,  the beneficiaries of which include various bank officers and directors.
The maximum remaining term of the leases including options is for 13_years.

         Total  amounts paid to the realty  trusts for the years ended  December
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, were $230,000, $170,000 and $221,000, respectively.


(14)     Commitments,  Contingencies and Financial  Instruments with Off-Balance
         Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

         The company is party to financial  instruments with  off-balance  sheet
risk in the  normal  course  of  business  to meet  the  financing  needs of its
customers.  These financial  instruments include commitments to originate loans,
standby letters of credit and unadvanced lines of credit.

         The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in
excess of the amount  recognized in the balance sheets.  The contract amounts of
those  instruments  reflect  the extent of  involvement  the  company has in the
particular classes of financial instruments.

         The company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
the other party to the financial  instrument  for loan  commitments  and standby
letters  of  credit  is  represented  by  the   contractual   amounts  of  those
instruments. The company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

         Financial  instruments with  off-balance  sheet credit risk at December
31, 1997 and 1996, are as follows:

($ in thousands)                                      1997           1996
                                                    -------        ------- 
Commitments to originate loans                      $15,577         12,640
Standby letters of credit                             3,267          3,709
Unadvanced portions of consumer loans                             
   (including credit card loans)                      4,502          3,975
Unadvanced portions of construction loans             7,204          2,363
Unadvanced portions of home equity loans             10,046          6,624
Unadvanced portions of commercial lines of credit    24,345         18,036
                                                             
         Commitments  to originate  loans are  agreements  to lend to a customer
provided  there is no violation of any  condition  established  in the contract.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. The company evaluates each customer's credit
worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed
necessary by the company  upon  extension  of credit,  is based on  management's
credit  evaluation  of the  borrower.  Collateral  held varies,  but may include
secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable,  inventory, property, plant
and equipment and income-producing properties.

                                                                     (Continued)
                                       49
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         Standby  letters of credit are  conditional  commitments  issued by the
company to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party.  The credit
risk  involved  in  issuing  letters of credit is  essentially  the same as that
involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

         The company originates  residential  mortgage loans under agreements to
sell such loans,  generally with servicing  released.  At December_31,  1997 and
1996,  the  company had  commitments  to sell loans  totaling  $0 and  $492,000,
respectively.

         The  company  manages  its loan  portfolio  to avoid  concentration  by
industry or loan size to minimize its credit  exposure.  Commercial loans may be
collateralized by the assets underlying the borrower's business such as accounts
receivable,  equipment,  inventory and real property.  Residential  mortgage and
home equity loans are secured by the real property financed. Consumer loans such
as installment loans are generally  secured by the personal  property  financed.
Credit card loans are  generally  unsecured.  Commercial  real estate  loans are
generally secured by the underlying real property and rental agreements.

         As a nonmember of the Federal Reserve  System,  the bank is required to
maintain  in reserve  certain  amounts of vault cash  and/or  deposits  with the
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. The amount of this reserve requirement, included
in "Cash and Due from Banks," was approximately $5,887,000 at December 31, 1997,
and approximately $2,861,000 at December_31, 1996.

         The company is involved in various legal proceedings  incidental to its
business.  After  review  with  legal  counsel,   management  does  not  believe
resolution of any present  litigation will have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition or results of operations of the company.

(15) Fair Values of Financial Instruments

         The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were used by the  company in
estimating fair values of its financial instruments:

         The  respective  carrying  values  of  certain  financial   instruments
approximated  their fair value as they were  short-term  in nature or payable on
demand. These include cash and due from banks, daily federal funds sold, accrued
interest  receivable,   repurchase  agreements,  accrued  interest  payable  and
non-certificate deposit accounts.

         Investments:  Fair values for  investments  were based on quoted market
prices, where available. If quoted market prices were not available, fair values
were based on quoted  market  prices of  comparable  instruments.  The  carrying
amount of FHLB stock  reported  approximates  fair  value.  If the FHLB stock is
redeemed,  the  company  will  receive  an amount  equal to the par value of the
stock.

         Loans:  The fair values of loans,  was determined using discounted cash
flow analysis,  using interest rates currently being offered by the company. The
incremental   credit  risk  for   non-accrual   loans  was   considered  in  the
determination of the fair value of the loans.

         The fair values of the unused portion of lines of credit and letters of
credit were based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and
were  estimated to be the fees charged.  Commitments  to originate  non-mortgage
loans were  short-term and were at current market rates and estimated to have no
fair value.

         Financial liabilities:  The fair values of time deposits were estimated
using  discounted cash flow analysis using rates offered by the bank on December
31, 1997 for similar instruments.

                                                                     (Continued)
                                       50
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


         Limitations:  The estimates of fair value of financial instruments were
based  on  information  available  at  December  31,  1997  and 1996 and are not
indicative of the fair market value of those instruments at the date this report
is published.  These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could
result  from  offering  for sale at one time the  bank's  entire  holdings  of a
particular financial  instrument.  Because no active market exists for a portion
of the  bank's  financial  instruments,  fair  value  estimates  were  based  on
judgments   regarding   future  expected  loss   experience,   current  economic
conditions,  risk  characteristics of various financial  instruments,  and other
factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and
matters  of  significant  judgment  and  therefore  cannot  be  determined  with
precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

         Fair value  estimates were based on existing on and  off-balance  sheet
financial  instruments  without an attempt to estimate the value of  anticipated
future business and the value of assets and liabilities  that are not considered
financial  instruments,  including  premises and equipment and  foreclosed  real
estate.

         In addition,  the tax  ramifications  related to the realization of the
unrealized  gains  and  losses  can  have a  significant  effect  on fair  value
estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates. Accordingly, the
aggregate fair value amounts  presented do not represent the underlying value of
the company.

                                                1997                 1996
                                       -------------------   -------------------
                                       Carrying     Fair     Carrying    Fair
($ in thousands)                         Amount     Value     Amount     Value
                                       --------    -------   --------   --------
                      
Financial assets:
       Cash and cash equivalents       $ 23,554     23,554     14,508     14,508
Investment securities                   112,886    112,886    119,396    119,396
       Loans, net                       176,294    180,280    140,425    143,802
       Accrued interest receivable        2,971      2,971      2,700      2,700

Financial liabilities:
Non-interest bearing demand deposits     51,411     51,411     42,528     42,528
       Savings, NOW and money market    116,486    116,486     96,670     96,670
Time deposits                           115,352    115,653    104,231    104,758
       Short-term borrowings             12,467     12,467     16,737     16,737
Escrow deposit of borrowers                 612        612        411        411
       Accrued interest payable             566        566        506        506

                                                                    (Continued)
                                       51

<PAGE>
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 (16) Parent Company Only Financial Statements

       A  statement  of  income  and  statement  of cash  flows  for 1995 is not
presented as the company was formed on July 26, 1996.

                                  Balance Sheet

                                                           December 31,
                                                     ----------------------
($ in thousands)                                       1997           1996
                                                     -------        -------

   Assets

Cash and due from subsidiary                         $   106             52 
Investment in subsidiary                              23,739         20,596
                                                     -------        -------
        Total assets                                 $23,845         20,648
                                                     =======        =======
                                                                   
   Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                            
                                                                   
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share,                         
   1,000,000 shares authorized  No shares                          
   issued                                            $    --             --   
Common stock, par value $.01 per share,                            
   5,000,000 shares authorized; 1,580,217 and                      
   1,576,192 shares issued and outstanding at                      
   December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively               16             16
Additional paid-in capital                            15,531         15,477
Retained earnings                                      7,663          5,263
Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment                           
   securities available for sale, net                    635           (108)
                                                     -------        -------
        Total liabilities and stockholder's equity   $23,845         20,648
                                                     =======        =======
                                                              
                               Statement of Income

                                                       For the years ended
                                                           December 31,
                                                     ----------------------
($ in thousands)                                       1997           1996
                                                     ------          ------


Undistributed equity in net income of
   subsidiary                                        $2,400           2,412
Dividends received from subsidiary                      512            --
                                                     ------          ------
                                                                     
Net income                                           $2,912           2,412
                                                     ======          ======
                                                              

                                                                     (Continued)
                                       52
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                             Statement of Cash Flows

                                                            For the years ended
                                                                December 31,
                                                            -------------------
 ($ in thousands)                                             1997       1996
                                                            -------    --------
                    
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                               $ 2,912      2,412
   Undistributed equity in net income of subsidiary          (2,400)    (2,412)
                                                            -------    -------
           Net cash provided by operating activities            512         --
                                                            -------    -------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net proceeds from exercise of stock options                   54          2
   Initial capitalization of holding company
        from the bank                                            --         50
   Dividends paid                                              (512)        -- 
                                                            -------    -------  
           Net cash provided by financing activities           (458)        52
                                                            -------    -------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                        54         52

           Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period        52         --
                                                            -------    -------

           Cash and cash equivalents, end of period         $   106         52
                                                            =======    =======


Cash and cash equivalents includes cash and due from subsidiary.


                                                                    (Continued)

                                       53
<PAGE>

(17) Recent Developments - Adoption of Shareholders Rights Plan

         On January,  13, 1998,  the  company's  Board of  Directors  declared a
dividend of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (a "Right") for each  outstanding
share of common  stock,  pursuant to a Rights  Agreement  dated January 13, 1998
between the company and the bank as rights agent.  The  distribution was payable
to  stockholders of record as of the close of business on January 20, 1998. Each
Right  entitles  the holder  thereof to  purchase  under  certain  circumstances
one-one  hundredth of a share of a new Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred
Stock, par value $0.01 per share, or, in certain circumstances, to receive cash,
property,  shares of  common  stock or other  securities  of the  company,  at a
purchase  price of $75 per one-one  hundredth of a preferred  share,  subject to
adjustment.

         The Rights are not  exercisable  and remain  attached  to the shares of
common  stock until the  earlier of (i) 10 business  days (or such later date as
the company's Board of Directors may determine) following public announcement by
the company that a person or group of  affiliated or  associated  persons,  with
certain exceptions (an "Acquiring  Person"),  has acquired,  or has obtained the
right to acquire,  beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding shares
of common  stock (the date of such  announcement  being the  "Stock  Acquisition
Date") or (ii) 10 business  days (or such later date as the  company's  Board of
Directors  may  determine)  following  the  commencement  of a  tender  offer or
exchange offer that would result in a person becoming an Acquiring Person.

         In the event that a person becomes an Acquiring Person (except persuant
to a tender or exchange  offer for all  outstanding  shares of common stock at a
price and on terms  which a majority  of the  company's  Outside  Directors  (as
defined in the Rights  Agreement)  determines to be fair to and otherwise in the
best interest of the company and its shareholders (a "fair offer")), each holder
of a Right (other than the Acquiring  Person) will  thereafter have the right to
receive,  upon  exercise  of such Right,  shares of common  stock (or in certain
circumstances,  cash,  property or other  securities  of the  company)  having a
current market price equal to two times the exercise price of the Right.  In the
event that, at any time on or after a Stock  Acquisition  Date,  (i) the company
takes part in a merger or other  business  combination  transaction  (other than
certain  mergers that follow a fair offer) and the company is not the  surviving
entity or (ii) the company takes part in a merger or other business  combination
transaction in which the shares of common stock are changed or exchanged  (other
than  certain  mergers  that  follow a fair  offer)  or (iii) 50% or more of the
company's  assets or earning  power are sold or  transferred,  each  holder of a
Right  (other  than an  Acquiring  Person)  shall  thereafter  have the right to
receive,  upon  exercise,  a number of shares of common  stock of the  acquiring
company  having a current  market price equal to two times the exercise price of
the Right.  At any time until 10 business  days  following  a Stock  Acquisition
Date, the company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of
$0.01 per Right.  The Rights will expire at the close of business of January 13,
2008 unless  earlier  redeemed or exchanged  by the company.  The Rights have no
voting or  dividend  privileges  and,  until they  become  exercisable,  have no
dilutive effect on the earnings of the company.  Any future holders of shares of
Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock would be entitled to  preferred
rights with respect to dividends, voting and liquidation.

                                       54
<PAGE>

Item  8.  Changes  In and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure       None 

                                    Part III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons
         (a) Certain information  regarding directors and executive officers and
identification of significant  employees of the company in response to this item
is  incorporated  herein by  reference  from the  discussion  under the captions
"Information  Regarding Executive Officers and Other Significant  Employees" and
"Proposal  One Election of Class of  Directors"  of the proxy  statement for the
company's  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  to be held May 5,  1998,  which it
expects to file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  within 120 days of
the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.



Directors of the Company

George L. Duncan
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank

Richard W. Main
President of the Company; President, Chief Operating Officer and
Chief Lending Officer of the Bank

Walter L. Armstrong
Executive Vice President of the Bank

Kenneth S. Ansin
President and Chief Executive Officer, L.B. Evans Company;
President and Chief Executive Officer of  Ansewn Shoe Company

Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D.
Physician; director and partner in several health care facilities

Kathleen M. Bradley
Former owner, Westford Sports Center, Inc.

James F. Conway, III
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Courier Corporation, a commercial printing company

Nancy L. Donahue
Chair of the Board of Trustees, Merrimack Repertory Theatre

Lucy A. Flynn
Senior Vice President, Wang Laboratories, a computer service company

Eric W. Hanson
Chairman and President, D.J. Reardon Company, Inc., a beer distributorship

Arnold S. Lerner
Partner in WLLH Radio  (Lowell) and in several other radio  stations;  Director,
Courier Corporation, a commercial printing company

Charles P. Sarantos
Chairman, C&I Electrical Supply Co., Inc.

Michael A. Spinelli
Owner, Merrimac Travel and Action Six Travel Network

                                       55
<PAGE>

Additional Executive Officers of the Company

Name                                 Position


John P. Clancy, Jr.           Treasurer of the Company;  Senior Vice  President,
                              Chief  Financial  Officer,   Treasurer  and  Chief
                              Investment Officer of the Bank       

Robert R. Gilman              Executive  Vice  President,   Administration,  and
                              Commercial Lender of the Bank  

Stephen J. Irish              Senior Vice President,  Chief Information  Officer
                              and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank          
                              

Items 10, 11 and 12.

The  information  required  in Items 10, 11 and 12 of this part is  incorporated
herein by reference to the company's  definitive  proxy statement for its annual
meeting of  stockholders  to be held May 5, 1998,  which it expects to file with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission within 120 days of the end of the fiscal
year covered by this report.

Item 13.  Exhibits List and Reports on Form 8-K

Exhibit #          Exhibit Description

3.1a     Articles of Incorporation of the company dated February 29, 1996, filed
         as an exhibit to the company's registration statement on Form 8-A filed
         on July 16, 1996 relating to its common stock.

3.1b     Amendment to Articles of  Incorporation  of the company  dated July 17,
         1996  incorporated by reference to the form thereof filed as an exhibit
         to the company's  registration  statement of Form 8-A filed on July 16,
         1996 relating to its common stock.

3.2a     Bylaws of the company filed as an exhibit to the company's registration
         statement  on Form 8-A filed on July 16,  1996  relating  to its common
         stock.

3.2b     Amended and Restated  Bylaws of the company  filed as an exhibit to the
         company's 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1997.

4.1      Rights  Agreement  dated as of  January  13,  1998  between  Enterprise
         Bancorp,  Inc. and Enterprise Bank and Trust Company,  as Rights Agent,
         filed as an exhibit to the company's registration statement on Form 8-A
         filed on January 14, 1998.

4.2      Terms of Series A Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  included as
         Exhibit  A to Rights  Agreement,  as filed  with Form 8-A  registration
         statement on January 14, 1998.

4.3      Summary of Rights to Purchase  Shares of Series A Junior  Participating
         Preferred Stock,  included as Exhibit B to Rights  Agreement,  as filed
         with Form 8-A registration statement on January 14, 1998.

4.4      Form of Rights Certificate,  included as Exhibit C to Rights Agreement,
         as filed with Form 8-A registration statement on January 14, 1998.

10.1     Lease agreement dated July 22, 1988, between the bank and First Holding
         Trust  relating  to the  premises  at  222  Merrimack  Street,  Lowell,
         Massachusetts  filed with the  company's  10-QSB for the quarter  ended
         June 30, 1996.

                                       56
<PAGE>


10.2     Amendment to lease dated December 28, 1990,  between the bank and First
         Holding Trust for and relating to the premises at 222 Merrimack Street,
         Lowell,  Massachusetts  filed with the company's 10-QSB for the quarter
         ended June 30, 1996.

10.3     Amendment to lease dated  August 15,  1991,  between the bank and First
         Holding  Trust for 851 square  feet  relating  to the  premises  at 222
         Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts filed with the company's 10-QSB
         for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.

10.4     Lease agreement dated May 26, 1992,  between the bank and Shawmut Bank,
         N.A.,  for 1,458 square feet  relating to the premises at 170 Merrimack
         Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts filed with the company's 10-QSB for the
         quarter ended June 30, 1996.

10.5     Lease  agreement  dated  March  14,  1995,  between  the bank and North
         Central Investment Limited Partnership for 3,960 square feet related to
         the premises at 2-6 Central  Street,  Leominster,  Massachusetts  filed
         with the company's 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1996.

10.6     Amended  employment  agreement  between  the bank and George L.  Duncan
         dated December 13, 1995 filed with the company's 10-QSB for the quarter
         ended June 30, 1996.

10.7     Employment  agreement  between  the  bank and  Richard  W.  Main  dated
         December 13, 1995 filed with the company's 10-QSB for the quarter ended
         June 30, 1996.

10.8     Lease  agreement  dated June 20,  1996,  between  the bank and Kevin C.
         Sullivan and Margaret A.  Sullivan for 4,800 square feet related to the
         premises at 910 Andover Street, Tewksbury, Massachusetts filed with the
         company's 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1996.

10.9     Amendment to employment agreement between the bank and George L. Duncan
         dated  December  4, 1996 filed with the  company's  10-KSB for the year
         ended December 31, 1996.

10.10    Amendment to employment  agreement between the bank and Richard W. Main
         dated  December  4, 1996 filed with the  company's  10-KSB for the year
         ended December 31, 1996.

10.11    Split Dollar  Agreement  for George L. Duncan filed with the  company's
         10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1996.

10.12    Lease  agreement  dated  July 4, 1993  between  the bank and  Merrimack
         Realty  Trust for 4,375  square feet  relating to premises at 27 Palmer
         Street, Lowell, Massachusetts.

10.13    Lease agreement dated September 1, 1997, between the bank and Merrimack
         Realty Trust to premises at 129 Middle Street, Lowell, Massachusetts.

10.14    Lease  agreement  dated May 2, 1997 between the bank and First Lakeview
         Avenue Limited Partnership to premises at 1168 Lakeview Avenue, Dracut,
         Massachusetts.

10.15    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. 1988 Stock Option Plan.


21.0     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.


(b)Reports on Form 8-K
         The company filed an 8-K on January 14, 1998  reporting the adoption of
a shareholders rights plan.

                                       57
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                                   SIGNATURES

In accordance  with Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has caused
this  report to be  signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned  thereunto  duly
authorized.

Date:  March 19, 1998                     /s/ John P. Clancy, Jr.
                                          John P. Clancy, Jr.
                                          Treasurer

In  accordance  with the Exchange  Act, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the dates
indicated.


/s/ George L. Duncan             Chairman,                        March 19, 1998
George L. Duncan                   Chief Executive Officer 
                                   and Director
/s/ Richard W. Main              President, Chief                 March 19, 1998
Richard W. Main                    Operating Officer and Director
                                
/s/ John P. Clancy, Jr.          Treasurer                        March 19, 1998
John. P. Clancy Jr.              (Principal Financial Officer)
                                
/s/ Todd A. Klibansky            (Principal Accounting Officer)   March 19, 1998
Todd A. Klibansky               
                                
/s/ Kenneth S. Ansin             Director                         March 19, 1998
Kenneth S. Ansin                
                                
/s/ Walter L. Armstrong          Director                         March 19, 1998
Walter L. Armstrong             
                                
/s/ Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D.     Director                         March 19, 1998
Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D.        
                                
/s/ Kathleen M. Bradley          Director                         March 19, 1998
Kathleen M. Bradley             
                                
/s/ James F. Conway, III         Director                         March 19, 1998
James F. Conway, III            
                                
/s/ Nancy L. Donahue             Director                         March 19, 1998
Nancy L. Donahue                
                                
/s/ Lucy A. Flynn                Director                         March 19, 1998
Lucy A. Flynn                   
                                
/s/ Eric W. Hanson               Director                         March 19, 1998
Eric W. Hanson                  
                                
/s/ John P. Harrington           Director                         March 19, 1998
John P. Harrington              
                                
/s/ Arnold S. Lerner             Director,                        March 19, 1998
Arnold S. Lerner                   Vice Chairman and Clerk
                                
/s/ Charles P. Sarantos          Director                         March 19, 1998
Charles P. Sarantos             
                                
/s/ Michael A. Spinelli          Director                         March 19, 1998
Michael A. Spinelli             
                           


                                       58

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.12
                         STANDARD FORM COMMERCIAL LEASE


1. PARTIES (fill in)

         Merrimack  Realty Trust  LESSOR,  which  expression  shall  include its
heirs,  successors and assigns where the context so admits, does hereby lease to
Enterprise Bank and Trust Company


2. PREMISES (fill in and include, if applicable, suite number, and square feet)
  
         LESSEE,  which  expression  shall  include its  successors,  executors,
administrators  and assigns  where the context so admits,  and the LESSEE hereby
leases the following described  premises:  4,375+/-sq ft. of office space on the
ground floor of 21-27 Palmer  Street and as more  particularly  described by the
attached Schedule A.

         Together with the right to use in common, with others entitled thereto,
the  hallways,  stairways,  and  elevators,  necessary for access to said leased
premises, and lavatories nearest thereto.

3. TERM (fill in)

         The term of this lease shall be for five (5 years  commencing on May 1,
1993 and ending on April 30, 1998.  Beginning  December  31, 1994,  and annually
thereafter, on the 31st day of December during any year of the term and any year
of the extended  term,  Lessee shall have the option to terminate its lease upon
90 days written  notice to Lessor.  Such notice to be sent  Certified  Mail.  In
addition,  the  Lessee  will  have the  option  to  extend  its  lease for three
additional five (5) year terms.

4. RENT (fill in)

         The  LESSEE  shall  pay to the  LESSOR  rent at the rate of  $19,007.40
dollars per year,  payable in advance in monthly  installments  of $1,583.95 for
year one through five as described  in Schedule B. Each option  period's  annual
rent will be calculated as per the attached Schedule C.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT (fill in)

         Upon the  execution  of this lease,  the LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR
the amount of $0  dollars,  which shall be held as a security  for the  LESSEE's
performance  as herein  provided  and  refunded to the LESSEE at the end of this
lease  subject  to the  LESSEE's  satisfactory  compliance  with the  conditions
hereof.

6. RENT ADJUSTMENT (fill in)

         The LESSEE shall pay to the LESSOR as additional rent N/A percent of an
increase in operating  expenses,  defined for the purposes of this  agreement as
N/A and N/A percent of any increase in real estate taxes levied against the land
and building,  of which the leased  premises are a part,  over those incurred or
levied  during the calendar  year ending N/A.  This  increase  shall be prorated
should this lease  terminate  before the end of any  calendar  year.  The LESSEE
shall make  payment  within  thirty (30) days of written  notice from the LESSOR
that such operating expenses, or increased taxes, are payable by the LESSOR.
                                       

<PAGE>


7. UTILITIES (fill in or delete) and services

         The  LESSOR  shall  provide  and  LESSEE  shall  pay for  all  LESSEE's
utilities, water and sewer use charges, except for heat.

         LESSOR agrees to furnish  reasonable heat to the leased  premises,  the
hallways,  stairways,  elevators, and lavatories during normal business hours on
regular  business days of the heating  season of each year, to furnish  elevator
service and to light  passageways and stairways  during  business hours,  and to
furnish such cleaning service as is customary in similar  buildings in said city
or town,  all  subject to  interruption  due to any  accident,  to the making of
repairs,  alterations  or  improvements,  to labor  difficulties,  to trouble in
obtaining  fuel,  electricity,  service or supplies  from the sources from which
they are usually obtained for said building, or to any cause beyond the LESSOR's
control.

8. USE OF LEASED PREMISES (fill in)

         The  LESSEE  shall use the  leased  premises  only for the  purpose  of
general banking and mortgage company and all related activities.

9. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

         The LESSEE  acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted
in the leased  premises or use made thereof  which will be  unlawful,  improper,
noisy or offensive,  or contrary to any law or any municipal by-law or ordinance
in force in the city or town in which the premises are situated.

10. FIRE INSURANCE

         The LESSEE shall not permit any use of the leased  premises  which will
make voidable any  insurance on the property of which the leased  premises are a
part,  or on the contents of said property or which shall be contrary to any law
or regulation  from time to time  established  by the New England Fire Insurance
Rating  Association,  or any similar body  succeeding to its powers.  The LESSEE
shall on demand reimburse the LESSOR, and all other tenants, all extra insurance
premiums caused by the LESSEE's use of the premises.


11. MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES

         The LESSEE agrees to maintain the leased premises in the same condition
as they are at the  commencement of the term or as they may be put in during the
term of this lease,  reasonable wear and tear, damage by fire and other casualty
only excepted,  and whenever  necessary,  to replace plate glass and other glass
therein  acknowledging  that the leased  premises  are now in good order and the
glass whole.  The LESSEE shall not permit the leased  premises to be overloaded,
damaged, stripped, or defaced, nor suffer any waste. LESSEE shall obtain written
consent of LESSOR before erecting any sign on the premises.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

12. ALTERATIONS-ADDITIONS

         The LESSEE shall make  alterations to the leased  premises as described
in Schedule D. All work will be completed in a good and workmanlike manner. With
respect to such alterations,  LESSEE agrees to hold LESSOR harmless as described
in Schedule E. All such allowed  alterations shall be at LESSEE's expense except
as otherwise  described in Schedule B, and shall be in quality at least equal to
the present  construction.  LESSEE  shall not permit any  mechanics'  liens,  or
similar  liens,  to remain  upon the  leased  premises  for  labor and  material
furnished to LESSEE or claimed to have been  furnished  to LESSEE in  connection
with work of any  character  performed or claimed to have been  performed at the
direction  of LESSEE  and shall  cause  any such lien to be  released  of record
forthwith  without cost to LESSOR.  Any alterations or improvements  made by the
LESSEE shall become the property of the LESSOR at the  termination  of occupancy
as provided herein.

13. ASSIGNMENT-SUBLEASING

         The  LESSEE  shall not  assign  or sublet  the whole or any part of the
leased premises without LESSOR's prior written consent,  which consent shall not
unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  Notwithstanding  such consent,  LESSEE shall
remain liable to LESSOR for the payment of all rent and for the full performance
of the covenants and conditions of this lease.

14. SUBORDINATION

         This lease shall be subject and  subordinate  to any and all mortgages,
deeds of trust and other instruments in the nature of a mortgage,  now or at any
time hereafter, a lien or liens on the property of which the leased premises are
a part and the LESSEE shall,  when requested,  promptly execute and deliver such
written  instruments  as shall be  necessary to show the  subordination  of this
lease to said mortgages,  deeds of trust or other such instruments in the nature
of a mortgage.

15. LESSOR'S ACCESS

         The LESSOR or agents of the LESSOR may, at reasonable  times,  enter to
view the leased  premises  and may remove  placards  and signs not  approved and
affixed as herein  provided,  and make repairs and  alterations as LESSOR should
elect to do and may show the leased  premises to others,  and at any time within
three (3) months before the  expiration  of the term,  may affix to any suitable
part of the leased  premises a notice for letting or selling the leased premises
or property of which the leased premises are a part and keep the same so affixed
without hindrance or molestation.

16. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

         The  LESSEE  shall save the  LESSOR  harmless  from all loss and damage
occasioned  by the use or escape of water or by the (fill in) bursting of pipes,
as well as from any claim or damage  resulting from neglect in not removing snow
and ice from the roof of the building or from the sidewalks  bordering  upon the
premises so

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

leased, or by any nuisance made or suffered on the leased premises,  unless such
loss is caused by the  neglect of the  LESSOR.  The removal of snow and ice from
the sidewalks bordering upon the leased premises shall be LESSOR responsibility.

17. LESSEE'S LIABILITY INSURANCE (fill in)

         The LESSEE shall  maintain with respect to the leased  premises and the
property,  of  which  the  leased  premises  are a  part,  comprehensive  public
liability  insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 with property damage  insurance
in limits of  $100,000  in  responsible  companies  qualified  to do business in
Massachusetts and in good standing therein insuring the LESSOR as well as LESSEE
against  injury to persons or damage to property as  provided.  The LESSEE shall
deposit  with the  LESSOR  certificates  for such  insurance  at or prior to the
commencement  of the term, and  thereafter  within thirty (30) days prior to the
expiration of any such policies.  All such insurance  certificates shall provide
that such policies  shall not be cancelled  without at least ten (10) days prior
written notice to each assured named therein.

18. FIRE CASUALTY-EMINENT DOMAIN

         Should a substantial portion of the leased premises, or of the property
of which they are a part, be substantially damaged by fire or other casualty, or
be taken by eminent domain,  the LESSOR may elect to terminate this lease.  When
such  fire,  casualty,  or taking  renders  the  leased  premises  substantially
unsuitable  for their intended use, a just and  proportionate  abatement of rent
shall be made, and the LESSEE may elect to terminate this lease if:

         (a)      The LESSOR fails to give  written  notice  within  thirty (30)
                  days of intention to restore leased premises, or

         (b)      The LESSOR fails to restore the leased premises to a condition
                  substantially  suitable for their  intended use within  ninety
                  (90) days of said fire, casualty, or taking.

The LESSOR  reserves and the LESSEE  grants to the LESSOR,  all rights which the
LESSEE may have for  damages or injury to the leased  premises  or any taking by
eminent  domain  except  for  damage  to  the  LESSEE's  fixtures,  property  or
equipment.

19. DEFAULT AND BANKRUPTCY    

         In the event that:

         (a)      The LESSEE shall default in the payment of any  installment of
                  rent or other sum  herein  specified  and such  default  shall
                  continue for ten (10) days after written notice thereof; or

         (b)      The LESSEE shall default in the  observance or  performance of
                  any  other  of  the   LESSEE's   covenants,   agreements,   or
                  obligations  hereunder and such default shall not be corrected
                  within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof; or

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

         (c)      The LESSEE shall be declared  bankrupt or insolvent  according
                  to law,  or,  if any  assignment  shall  be  made of  LESSEE's
                  property for the benefit of creditors,

then the LESSOR shall have the right thereafter,  while such default  continues,
to re-enter and take complete possession of the leased premises,  to declare the
terms of this lease ended, and remove the LESSEE's effects, without prejudice to
any remedies which might be otherwise used for arrears of rent or other default.
The  LESSEE  shall  indemnify  the  LESSOR  against  all loss of rent and  other
payments  which the  LESSOR may incur by reason of such  termination  during the
residue of the term.  If the  LESSEE  shall  default,  after  reasonable  notice
thereof,  in the  observance or  performance  of any  conditions or covenants on
LESSEE's  part to be  observed  or  performed  under or by  virtue of any of the
provisions  in any article of this lease,  the LESSOR,  without  being under any
obligation to do so and without  thereby  waiving such default,  may remedy such
default for the account  and at the expense of the LESSEE.  If the LESSOR  makes
any  expenditures  or  incurs  any  obligations  for the  payment  of  money  in
connection  therewith,  including but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees
instituting,  prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding,  such sums paid
or obligations  insured,  with interest at the rate of six (6) percent per annum
and costs, shall be paid to the LESSOR by the LESSEE as additional rent.

20. NOTICE (fill in)

         Any  notice  from the  LESSOR  to the  LESSEE  relating  to the  leased
premises or to the occupancy  thereof,  shall be deemed duly served,  if left at
the  leased  premises  addressed  to the  LESSEE,  or, if  mailed to the  leased
premises,  registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  postage
prepaid,  addressed  to the  LESSEE.  Any  notice  from the LESSEE to the LESSOR
relating to the leased  premises or to the  occupancy  thereof,  shall be deemed
duly served,  if mailed to the LESSOR by  registered or certified  mail,  return
receipt requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the LESSOR at such address as
the LESSOR may from time to time advise in writing.  All rent and notices  shall
be paid and sent to the LESSOR at

                             Merrimack Realty Trust
                             222 Merrimack Street, Suite 210
                             Lowell, MA 01852

21. SURRENDER

         The LESSEE shall at the  expiration or other  termination of this lease
remove all  LESSEE's  goods and effects  from the leased  premises,  (including,
without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, all signs and lettering
affixed or painted by the LESSEE, either inside or outside the leased premises).
LESSEE  shall  deliver to the LESSOR the  leased  premises  and all keys,  locks
thereto, and other fixtures connected therewith and all

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

alterations  and  additions  made to or upon the  leased  premises,  in the same
condition as they were at the  commencement  of the term, or as they were put in
during  the term  hereof,  reasonable  wear and tear and damage by fire or other
casualty only  excepted.  In the event of the LESSEE's  failure to remove any of
LESSEE's  property  from the  premises,  LESSOR  is hereby  authorized,  without
liability to LESSEE for loss or damage thereto,  and at the sole risk of LESSEE,
to remove and store any of the property at LESSEE's  expense,  or to retain same
under LESSOR's control or to sell at public or private sale,  without notice any
or all of the property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale
to the payment of any sum due hereunder, or to destroy such property.

22. OTHER PROVISION


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the LESSOR and LESSEE have hereunto set their hands
and common seals this 4th day of July, 1993.


                               /s/ Michael T. Putziger, Trustee
                               LESSOR:  Merrimack Realty Trust


                               /s/ John P. Clancy, Jr., CFO and Treasurer
                               LESSEE:  Enterprise Bank and Trust Company



                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                                                                  SCHEDULE A






                             [Diagram of Floor Plan]


<PAGE>



                                                                      SCHEDULE B


The annual  base rent for the first  five years of the lease will be  $33,906.20
annually.  The Lessee,  however,  will receive an annual  credit  ("credit")  of
$14,898.80 for years 1-5 for undertaking  certain  improvements on behalf of the
Lessor as described below. The net annual rent will be $19,007.40 for years 1-5.

Lessor Related Cost

Demolition and Dumpster                                       $  6,635.00
Stud Outside Walls and Sheetrock                                16,284.00
Ramp Hallway Entrance                                            5,657.60
White Grid Ceiling Tile                                          4,881.00
Plumbing                                                         2,273.10
Sprinkler Heads                                                  2,590.00
Air Conditioning Unit                                           17,679.30
Replace & Relocate Other A/O Unit                                9,000.00
Lost Use of Funds                                                9,494.00
                                                             ------------
                                                               $74,494.00

As stated in Section 3 of the lease,  Lessee  shall have the right to  terminate
its lease on December 31, 1994 and annually thereafter, upon 90 days' notice. It
is  understood  and agreed to between  Lessor and Lessee  that in the event of a
termination  prior to the end of year five that any  portion  of the  credit (as
described above) not yet realized by Lessee will be forfeited.





<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE C


a.       The  annual  rent  for  the  first  option  period  (year  6)  will  be
         established  by  taking  the sum of  $33,906.20  plus  the  product  of
         $33,906.20  multiplied by the amount expressed as a percentage equal to
         the  increase,  if any, in the CPI-U for the preceding 60 month period.
         For years 2 through 5 of the first option period (years 7-10  overall),
         the rent shall be adjusted annually. The annual rent will be calculated
         by taking the sum of the annual rent for the  preceding 12 month period
         plus the product of the annual rent for the  preceding  12 month period
         multiplied  by  the  amount  expressed  as a  percentage  equal  to the
         increase if any in the CPI-U for the  preceding  12 month  period.  The
         increase  in the  CPI-U  shall be  calculated  by  comparing  the CPI-U
         published  on or  most  recently  prior  to  the  commencement  of  the
         preceding  period with the CPI-U published on or most recently prior to
         the end of the preceding period. In the event in any yearly period, the
         CPI-U, or any substitute index decreases,  the rent shall never be less
         than the previous annual figure.

         The annual rent for the first year of the second option period (year 11
         overall)  shall be  calculated by taking the sum of the annual rent for
         the  preceding  12 month period plus the product of the annual rent for
         the preceding 12 month period multiplied by the amount,  expressed as a
         percentage  equal  to the  increase,  if  any,  in the  CPI-U  for  the
         preceding 12 month  period.  For years 2 through 5 of the second option
         period (years 12-15 overall),  the rent shall be adjusted annually. The
         annual rent will be calculated by taking the sum of the annual rent for
         the  preceding  12 month period plus the product of the annual rent for
         the preceding 12 month period  multiplied by the amount  expressed as a
         percentage  equal to the increase if any in the CPI-U for the preceding
         12 month period.  In the event in any yearly period,  the CPI-U, or any
         substitute  index  decreases,  the rent  shall  never be less  than the
         previous  annual figure.  The increase in the CPI-U shall be calculated
         by  comparing  the CPI- U published  on or most  recently  prior to the
         commencement  of the  preceding  period with the CPI-U  published on or
         most recently prior to the end of the preceding period. In the event in
         any period,  the CPI-U,  or any substitute  index  decreases,  the rent
         shall never be less than the previous yearly figure.

         The annual rent for the first year of the third option  period (year 16
         overall)  shall be  calculated by taking the sum of the annual rent for
         the  preceding  12 month period plus the product of the annual rent for
         the preceding 12 month period multiplied by the amount,  expressed as a
         percentage  equal  to the  increase,  if  any,  in the  CPI-U  for  the
         preceding  12 month  period.  For years 2 through 5 of the third option
         period (years 17-20 overall),  the rent shall be adjusted annually. The
         annual rent will be calculated by taking the sum of the annual rent for
         the  preceding  12 month period plus the product of the annual rent for
         the preceding 12 month period  multiplied by the amount  expressed as a
         percentage  equal to the increase if any in the CPI-U for the preceding
         12 month period.  In the event in any yearly period,  the CPI-U, or any
         substitute  index  decreases,  the rent  shall  never be less  than the
         previous  annual figure.  The increase in the CPI-U shall be calculated
         by  comparing  the CPI- U published  on or most  recently  prior to the
         commencement  of the  preceding  period with the CPI-U  published on or
         most recently prior to the end of the preceding period. In the event in
         any period,  the CPI-U,  or any substitute  index  decreases,  the rent
         shall never be less than the previous yearly figure.

b.       Rate  determined  by utilizing  the Consumer  Price Index  published by
         Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Dept. of Labor.

<PAGE>
                                                                      SCHEDULE D


Demolition of the existing  partitions
Dumpster for construction
Stud walls and sheetrock
Supply and install millwork
Supply solid core doors
Necessary door hardware
Glass for the store fronts and doors
Kitchen  cabinets and  countertop
Ramp hallway and 1" plywood  O/F1 
Move  archway in brick wall  
Painting of walls and doors 
New white grid and  ceiling  tiles  
Rework  sprinkler  heads  
Plumbing
Plumbing for 3 H/C bathrooms 
Bathroom  hardware/exhaust fan 
Air conditioning 1 - 7 1/2 ton unit
2 - 5 ton  unit  split  system  (one for the  doctors'  area)  
Add  doors to the stairwell  and  relocate  pipes 
Carpet and tile,  using  existing  carpet,  plus additional carpet 
Electrical:
          Necessary  electrical  outlets 
          Isolated grounded outlets 
          Light switches
          New acrylic  lense  fixtures  
          Exit and  emergency  lighting 
          One new sub panel  
          Telephone  outlets 4 C/pairs 
          Data outlets Level 5 
          Kitchen outlet on separate circuit 
          Connecting the new A/C units
          Cut in door and necessary ramp for H/C entrance
          Adding 10 recessed wall washes

Using three year lamps in exit 
Light  fixtures  
Remove 10 ton AC unit 
Supply new carpet  
Supply  janitor  sink in closet  
Install  radiator  in office #1 
Install radiator in conference room


<PAGE>
                                                                      SCHEDULE E


                            INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                         LESSOR: MERRIMACK REALTY TRUST
                    LESSEE: ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


         This agreement is entered into as of April 7, 1993,  between Enterprise
Bank and Trust Company  (Lessee) and Merrimack  Realty Trust  (Lessor).  Whereas
Lessee  wishes to enter the premises as defined on the attached  Exhibit A prior
to the  execution of a definitive  lease  agreement for such  premises,  for the
purpose of  commencing  alterations  to said  premises;  and  whereas  Lessor is
willing  to  allow  such  access  to  said  premises  subject  to the  following
indemnification  whereby Lessee will hold Lessor absolutely harmless as a result
of any and all actions as further defined below.

         LESSEE agrees to save LESSOR harmless and shall  exonerate,  defend and
indemnify  LESSOR from and  against,  any and all claims,  liabilities,  losses,
damages,  costs, expenses and penalties,  of whatsoever nature, arising from any
act,  omission,   or  negligence  of  LESSEE  or  LESSEE's  employees,   agents,
contractors,  suppliers,  licensees, customers, or visitors, or arising from any
accident,  injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, including death, or
to the property of any person, which shall occur during the term of the proposed
Lease and/or  resulting from LESSOR  allowing  LESSEE to begin  alterations  (as
defined in Exhibit B) to the premises,  in or about the premises, or which shall
arise from any accident,  injury or damage occurring outside of the premises but
in or about the building (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
on or about the elevators,  staircases, public corridors, sidewalks, approaches,
roof, or other appurtenances and facilities used in connection with the building
or the premises),  where such accident, damage or injury result or is claimed to
have resulted from an act,  omission,  misconduct,  or negligence on the part of
LESSEE or LESSEE's agents, servants, employees,  suppliers, licensees, visitors,
or customers;  and LESSEE shall save LESSOR harmless and shall indemnify  LESSOR
from and against any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's
fees)  incurred  by LESSOR by reason of any  failure of LESSEE to observe any of
LESSEE's obligations, covenants, and agreements hereunder.


4/7/93                                 /s/ Michael T. Putziger
Date                                   By: Michael T. Putziger, Trustee and
                                           not individually
                                           Merrimack Realty Trust


4/7/93                                 /s/ John P. Clancy, Jr.
Date                                   By: John P. Clancy, Jr., Treasurer and
                                           Chief Financial Officer
                                           Enterprise Bank and Trust Company

                                                               EXHIBIT 10.13
                                      LEASE

                             BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

1.01 Date and  Parties.  This lease  (Lease)  is made the 1ST day of  September,
1997,  between,  Michael  T.  Putziger  as  Trustee of  Merrimack  Realty  Trust
(Landlord) and Enterprise Bank and Trust Company (Tenant). Landlord is a Nominee
Trust with a principal  office at 170 Merrimack  Street  ,Lowell,  Massachusetts
01852.  Tenant is a  Massachusetts  corporation  with a principal  office at 222
Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            Leased Premises and Term

2.1 Leased  Premises.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases
from Landlord,  for the term  hereinafter  set forth and subject to and with the
benefit of the terms,  covenants,  conditions and provisions of this Lease,  the
Leased  Premises which is located in the office  building  located at 129 Middle
Street in Lowell.  The office  building  has three  addresses,  namely 23 Palmer
Street, 129 Middle Street and 170 Merrimack Street. The Leased Premises consists
of 3415 square  feet of interior  space and is located on the third floor of the
Building.

2.2.1.   Appurtenant   Rights.  The  Leased  Premises  shall  also  include  all
appurtenant  rights now or at any time  hereafter  during the term of this Lease
necessary  for the  continued  use and  enjoyment  thereof  by Tenant  and shall
specifically  include as  appurtenant  thereto  the right for Tenant and all his
agents, employees, guests and invitees to use (in common with others entitled to
the use thereof) (a) all entrances, lobbies, walkways, corridors,  stairways and
elevators,  which now or hereafter  afford access to the Leased Premises and the
Building of which it is part and (b) the common pipes,  ducts,  conduits,  wires
and appurtenant equipment serving the Leased Premises and the building. The term
Leased  Premises  wherever used herein,  shall  include any and all  structures,
parking facilities and common facilities built therein.

2.3 Term.  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Leased  Premises  for an Initial  Term as set
forth below  (hereinafter  the "Initial Term") subject to the agreements,  terms
and conditions herein contained. The Initial Term is to commence on September 1,
1997  (hereinafter  the  "Commencement   Date")  for  the  Leased  Premises  and
continuing

<PAGE>

thereafter for the Lease Term unless sooner terminated as hereinafter  provided.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein  contained the Tenant may enter
upon the Leased  Premises on September 1, 1997 and begin to renovate and remodel
the Leased Premises.

2.3.1  Initial  Term and  Extensions.  Initial  Term.  For a term of thirty (30)
months  (hereinafter  referred to as the  "Initial  Term"),  or until and unless
sooner  terminated  as provided  herein,  said  Initial  Term to commence on the
Commencement  Date and  terminate at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty
(30) month anniversary of the Commencement Date.

Extension Options Eleven options of thirty months each.

         Tenant shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Initial
Term for an additional  term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred to as
the ("First  Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end of the
Initial Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding the thirty (30) month
anniversary of the commencement of the First Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the First
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Second  Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end
of the First Option Term and to end at the close of the day preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Second Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Second
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Third Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the Second  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Third Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Third
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Fourth  Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end
of the Third Option Term and to end at the close of the day preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Fourth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Fourth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Fifth Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the Fourth Option Term and

                                        2
<PAGE>

to end at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty month  anniversary  of the
commencement of the Fifth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Fifth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Sixth Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the Fifth  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Sixth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Sixth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Seventh  Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end
of the Sixth Option Term and to end at the close of the day preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Seventh Option Term.

         Tenant shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Seventh
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Eighth  Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end
of the  Seventh  Option  Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding  the
thirty (30) month anniversary of the commencement of the Eighth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Eighth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Ninth Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the Eighth  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Ninth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Ninth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Tenth Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the Ninth  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Tenth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Tenth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the ("Eleventh Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end
of the Tenth Option Term and to end at the close of the day preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Eleventh Option Term.

2.3.2  Automatic  Exercise of Extension  Options.  The  extension  options shall
automatically be deemed exercised unless Tenant

                                        3
<PAGE>
notifies  the  Landlord,  in  writing,  of its  intention  not to so exercise an
extension option,  said notice to be given not less than 90 days from the end of
the then current term.  Tenant shall have no right to exercise future  extension
options if Tenant  chooses  not to  exercise an earlier  extension  option.  Any
extension  option  shall  not be  automatically  deemed  exercised  if Tenant is
notified in writing that it is in material  default or breach of any  provisions
of this lease.

2.3.3  Commencement  Date/Termination  Date. When the dates of the beginning and
end of the Initial Term  relative to the Leased  Premises  have been  determined
(hereinafter  referred to as the  Commencement  Date and the Termination  Date),
such dates shall be  evidenced  by a document in the form of Notice of Lease for
recording and executed by Landlord and Tenant and delivered each to the other.

2.3.4 First  Refusal/Initial  Option  Terms.  In the event Tenant  exercises its
rights of first  refusal as described in Section  10.11 below to rent more space
in the Leased Premises the rental of additional space shall be for a term agreed
to between Landlord and Tenant which agreement shall not be unreasonably delayed
or withheld.

2.3.5 Title  Warranty to Defend.  Landlord  represents and warrants that it owns
the Building in fee simple free from all encumbrances  except those specified in
this Lease as noted on Exhibit A. Landlord,  to the extent  possible,  using all
good faith efforts, will defend its title at its own expense and will not suffer
any liens to attach to the Building which would  interfere with the Tenant's use
hereof.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                  Improvements

3.1 Performance of Work and Approval of Landlord's Work.  Landlord is delivering
the  Leased  Premises  to Tenant in as is  condition.  Landlord  represents  and
warrants  that the Building has been  constructed  in  compliance  with all laws
applicable at the time of construction,  including without  limitation the State
Building Code of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts  (hereinafter the "Code") and
the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Lowell, Massachusetts. Upon discovering that
the Building is not in  compliance  with the Code,  the Tenant shall give prompt
written  notice  thereof to Landlord,  specifying  the  noncompliance.  Landlord
agrees to repair and correct any such  noncompliance  which will not be fixed or
removed as part of the Tenant's  renovations within a reasonable period of time.
In the event that  Landlord  fails to correct  any  noncompliance  to the Leased
Premises  within a  reasonable  period  but in no event not less than forty five
days, Tenant may at its option, correct said noncompliance and bill Landlord its
reasonable and direct costs of repair.

                                       4                      
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV
                                      RENT

4.1 The Rent.  Tenant  covenants  and agrees to pay rent, to Landlord or to such
agent as designated by Landlord, at Landlord's Original Address or to such other
address as Landlord may by notice in writing to Tenant from time to time direct.
The Landlord  directs that payments be made to Landlord at the  following  rates
and times:

4.1.a.  Annual Fixed Rent.  For the first thirty (30) months of the Initial Term
as that term is  defined in Article  2.3  above,  Annual  Fixed Rent shall be as
follows: $16,221.25 annually, $1,351.77 monthly, payable in advance beginning on
the  Commencement  Date (being  pro-rated  for any portion of a month) and being
payable on the first day of each month thereafter during the term of this Lease,
as extended.

4.1.b.  Annual Fixed Rent.  With respect to months 31 through 60 Annual Rent for
the Leased  Premises  shall be the sum of (a) the  Annual  Fixed Rent being paid
during the  preceding  thirty  month  period (The Initial Term or any one of the
extended  terms) and (b) the product of (I) the Annual Fixed Rent being  charged
during  the  preceding  thirty  month  period  multiplied  by (ii)  the  amount,
expressed as a percentage equal to 75% per cent of the increase,  if any, in the
index now known as the  Consumer's  Price  Index  for All Urban  Consumers,  All
Items,  for the Boston  Area as  published  by the  Bureau of Labor  Statistics,
United  States  Department  of Labor  ("CPI") for the thirty  month  period next
preceding the  commencement of the current extended term or the preceding thirty
month period of the Initial Term.  The Initial CPI shall be the CPI published on
or most  recently  prior  to the  Commencement  Date  and the  CPI  utilized  to
calculate the increase  shall be the CPI published on or most recently  prior to
the  commencement  of the current  extended term or the  preceding  thirty month
period of the Initial Term. If publication of the CPI shall be discontinued, the
Landlord  will  select a  reasonably  comparable  index for use  thereafter  and
provide notice thereof to the Tenant.  In no event will Annual Fixed Rent during
the Initial Term or any extended  term be less than the Annual Fixed Rent during
the preceding thirty month period.


                                        5
<PAGE>

         In the event that Tenant or Tenant's corporate parent is the subject of
a change in control notice or merger or new bank holding company application the
effect of which would be to transfer  directly or indirectly  control of Tenant,
then the percentage  increase in CPI used in calculating  prospective changes in
subsequent lease extension payments shall be 100% instead of 75%.

4.1.c. Annual Fixed Rent. With respect to months 61 through 90 Annual Fixed Rent
for the Leased Premises shall be the sum of (a) the Annual Fixed Rent being paid
during the  preceding  thirty month period and (b) the product of (I) the Annual
Fixed Rent being charged during the preceding thirty month period  multiplied by
(ii)  the  amount,  expressed  as a  percentage  equal  to 75%  per  cent of the
increase,  if any, in the index now known as the Consumer's  Price Index for All
Urban  Consumers,  All Items,  for the Boston Area as published by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor ("CPI") for the thirty month
period next  preceding  the  commencement  of the current  extended  term or the
preceding  thirty month period of the Initial Term. The Initial CPI shall be the
CPI published on or most  recently  prior to the  Commencement  Date and the CPI
utilized  to  calculate  the  increase  shall  be the CPI  published  on or most
recently prior to the commencement of the current extended term or the preceding
thirty  month period of the Initial  Term.  If  publication  of the CPI shall be
discontinued,  the Landlord  will select a reasonably  comparable  index for use
thereafter  and provide  notice  thereof to the Tenant.  In no event will Annual
Fixed Rent during the Initial Term or any extended  term be less than the Annual
Fixed Rent during the preceding thirty month period.

         In the event that Tenant or Tenant's corporate parent is the subject of
a change in control notice or merger or new bank holding company application the
effect of which would be to transfer  directly or indirectly  control of Tenant,
then the percentage  increase in CPI used in calculating  prospective changes in
subsequent lease extension payments shall be 100% instead of 75%.


                                        6
<PAGE>

4.1.d The annual rent for the months 91 through 120 month of the  original  term
of this Lease shall be the market rent of the Premises  based on general  office
space in Lowell of similar  quality and condition as of the end of the ninetieth
(90th) month of the lease and  determined as follows:  Landlord and Tenant shall
attempt  to agree  upon such  market  rent.  If the  parties  have not agreed in
writing as to the rent on or before  85th month of this  lease,  then the market
rent shall be determined by arbitration  as provided  herein.  Such  arbitration
shall be  conducted,  upon request of either the Landlord or the Tenant,  before
three  arbitrators  (unless the Landlord or the Tenant agree to one  arbitrator)
designated by the American  Arbitration  Association  and in accordance with the
rules of such  Association.  The  arbitrators  designated  and acting under this
lease shall make their award in strict conformity with such rules and shall have
no power to depart from or change any of the provisions thereof.  The expense of
arbitration  proceedings  conducted  hereunder  shall  be borne  equally  by the
parties. All arbitration  proceedings hereunder shall be conducted in the county
in which the leased property is located.

         Upon the  determination  of such "market  rent" the Landlord  shall use
such in the calculation of the Base Rent as set forth in this Lease. If, for any
reason, the decision of the appraiser or the appraisers pursuant to this Exhibit
shall not be determined  before the commencement of the extension  period,  then
the Tenant shall continue to pay Minimum Annual Rent in monthly  installments at
the rate in  effect  immediately  prior to the  commencement  of such  extension
period  until such  decision  of the  appraiser(s)  shall be made,  and upon the
decision  by  the   appraiser(s)  an  appropriate   adjustment  shall  be  made,
retroactive to the first day of such extension.

         4.1.e.  Annual  Fixed Rent.  With respect to months 121 through 150 and
every succeeding thirty months during the Initial Term and all extension options
as set forth in  Article  II,  Annual  fixed  rent  during  such  period and all
extended terms,  for each portion of the Leased Premises shall be the sum of (a)
the Annual  Fixed Rent being paid during the  preceding  thirty month period and
(b) the product of (I) the Annual Fixed Rent being

                                        7
<PAGE>


charged during the preceding thirty month period  multiplied by (ii) the amount,
expressed as a percentage  equal to 75% percent of the increase,  if any, in the
index now known as the Consumer Index for All Urban  Consumers,  All Items,  for
the Boston Area as published by the Bureau of Labor  Statistics,  United  States
Department  of Labor  ("CPI") for the thirty  month  period next  preceding  the
commencement of the current  extended term or the preceding  thirty month period
of the  Initial  Term.  The Initial  CPI shall be the CPI  published  on or most
recently  prior to the  Commencement  Date and the CPI utilized to calculate the
increase  shall  be  the  CPI  published  on  or  most  recently  prior  to  the
commencement of the current  extended term or the preceding  thirty month period
of the  Initial  Term.  If  publication  of the CPI shall be  discontinued,  the
Landlord  will  select a  reasonably  comparable  index for use  thereafter  and
provide notice thereof to the tenant.  In no event will Annual Fixed Rent during
the Initial Term or any extended  term be less than the Annual Fixed Rent during
the preceding thirty month period.

         In the event that Tenant or tenant's corporate parent is the subject of
a change in control notice or merger or new bank holding company application the
effect of which would be to transfer  directly or indirectly  control of Tenant,
then the percentage  increase in CPI used in calculating  prospective changes in
subsequent lease extension payments shall be 100% instead of 75%.

4.1.f.  Annual  Fixed  Rent  shall be  payable  in  advance,  in  equal  monthly
installments  of  1/12th  of the  Annual  Fixed  Rent on the  first  day of each
calendar month from and after the Commencement Date.

                                    ARTICLE V

5.1  Landlord's  Repair and  Maintenance  Responsibilities/  Fire Insurance with
respect to the Building.

5.1.1 Repairs.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall
be  responsible  for the  maintenance  and/or  repair of (a) the exterior of the
Building including the roof

                                        8
<PAGE>


and structural  elements (meaning those portions of the Building used to support
the Building)and (b) the interior directory signs; (c) the driveways and parking
lot,  including  plowing  and,  lighting  (d)  plumbing,  utility,  HVAC  and/or
electrical  services to be  furnished  by Landlord  except as modified by Tenant
during renovations  pursuant to this Lease except repairs as are necessitated by
the Tenant's negligence.

5.1.2  Maintenance.  Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building in
good order and repair and regular cleaning of the common areas.

5.1.3 Snow  Removal.  Landlord  shall remove snow and ice from the Common Areas,
the parking lot,  sidewalks and passageways and shall have said areas plowed and
accessible to Tenant's employees,  customers and patrons no later than 7:30 a.m.
on all business days, subject to weather conditions.

5.1.5 Fire Insurance and Liability  Insurance.  Landlord  shall,  throughout the
term of this Lease, at its expense,  keep the Building  insured against all loss
or damage by fire with extended  coverage in such amount as any mortgagee(s) may
require but in no event less than the full replacement value of the Building. In
addition  to and not in  limitation  of the  provisions  of Section 7,  Landlord
agrees to maintain  comprehensive  public  liability  insurance naming Tenant as
insured in an amount not less than  $500,000.00  with  respect  to  injuries  or
damages to any one person and not less than  $1,000,000 with respect to injuries
suffered  in any one  accident  and not less than  $1,000,000  with  respect  to
property  damage  occurring  upon,  in, or about the common  areas  which form a
portion of the Leased Premises.  All Liability  Insurance shall provide coverage
for all persons who enter the property including but not limited to the Landlord
and  the  Tenant,  their  employees,  agents,  contractors,  subcontractors  and
employees, and agents of contractors and subcontractors as well as customers and
invitees to the Leased Premises.

5.2      Tenant's Repair and Maintenance Responsibilities.


                                        9
<PAGE>

5.2.1 Repairs.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall be
responsible  for the  maintenance  and/or  repair  of (a) the  Leased  Premises,
including  the  interior,   but  excluding  building  structural  elements,  but
including  plumbing,  utilities,  HVAC and/or electrical services excepting such
repairs as are necessitated by the Landlord's negligence.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                             Utilities and Services

6.1  Installation of Utilities and Services  Provided by Landlord.  Landlord has
provided as part of the original  installations  leading to the Leased  Premises
the necessary mains, conduits, facilities and fixtures in order that all utility
services required to satisfy Tenant's  specifications and requirements and shall
furnish access to the Tenant to the mains, conduits, facilities and fixtures for
the Tenant's use. The Tenant  acknowledges that said  installations  fulfill its
commercial needs and accept same in as is condition Landlord will, without extra
charge,  except as provided below, during the period the Tenant shall occupy the
Leased Premises under the terms hereof and in accordance with existing standards
for like  office  buildings  as  established  from time to time by the  National
Association of Building Owners and Managers, furnish such hot water for heat and
hot and cold running water as may be reasonably required for the comfortable use
and occupation thereof;  maintain and repair the structure,  except as otherwise
specified herein, exterior and Common Areas of the Building; furnish electricity
for lighting and lights for the Common Areas but not for the Leased Premises.

6.2  Utilities  and Charges  Therefor.  Tenant agrees to pay or cause to be paid
directly to the provider of or party charged with the  collection of all charges
for electricity,  light,  power,  telephone,  or other service used, rendered or
supplied to or for the Tenant  upon or in  connection  with the Leased  Premises
throughout  the  term of this  Lease,  and to  indemnify  Landlord  and  save it
harmless  against  any  liability  or  damages  on such  account.  Landlord  has
installed  separate  utility meters  throughout  the Building and shall,  in any
lease or other rental

                                       10
<PAGE>

agreements for space within the Building,  require each tenant to be responsible
for the  payment of all utility  charges  incurred  by it.  Landlord  however is
responsible to furnish hot water for heating purposes and to pay for all heating
expenses.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Tenant's Additional Covenants

7.1 Affirmative Covenants.  Tenant covenants at its expense, at all times during
the Lease Term and such further time as Tenant occupies the Leased Premises,  of
the building or any part thereof as follows:

7.1.1 Permitted Uses. To use the Leased Premises for banking purposes  including
all uses permitted for a federally insured bank or lending institution and other
financial service business uses or as may be allowed banking institutions by law
and for general professional office space.

7.1.2  Compliance  with Law.  To make all  repairs,  alterations,  additions  or
replacements to the Leased  Premises and  necessitated or required by any law or
ordinance or any order or regulation of any  governmental  authority  except for
environmental   and  Americans  with   Disabilities   Act  which  shall  be  the
responsibilities of landlord applicable on account of Tenant's use of the Leased
Premises  and  Existing  Building;  to keep the  Leased  Premises  and  Existing
Building equipped with all safety appliances so required because of such use; to
procure  any  licenses  and  permits  required  for  any  such  use;  to pay all
municipal,  county  or state  taxes  assessed  against  the  leasehold  interest
hereunder, or personal property of any kind owned by or placed in, upon or about
the Leased  Premises and the  Building by Tenant;  and to comply with the orders
and regulations of all governmental authorities except as aforesaid, except that
Tenant may defer compliance so long as the validity of any such law,  ordinance,
order  or  regulation  shall  be  contested  by  Tenant  in  good  faith  and by
appropriate  legal  proceedings,  if Tenant first gives Landlord  written notice
thereof. In the event of such contest,  Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless
the Landlord

                                       11

<PAGE>

from any fines, penalties, or other liability arising therefrom. Notwithstanding
anything in this  paragraph to the contrary the Tenant shall be  responsible  to
make all repairs, alterations,  additions or replacements to the Leased premises
which are  required  for  compliance  with the American  with  Disabilities  Act
applicable to the sole use of the Leased premises by the Tenant and limited to a
service provided by the Tenant and further limited only to the 129 Middle Street
building and 19 Palmer Street building.

7.1.3  Payment for Tenant Work.  To pay promptly when due the entire cost of any
work to the Leased  Premises  and  undertaken  by Tenant and to bond  against or
discharge any liens for labor or materials  within 10 days after written request
by Landlord;  to procure all necessary permits before undertaking such work; and
to do all of such work in a good and workmanlike manner,  employing materials of
good quality and complying with all governmental  requirements except as are the
responsibilities of landlord.

7.1.4 Liability Insurance.  To maintain with responsible  companies qualified to
do  business  in  Massachusetts  and in  good  standing  therein  and  workmen's
compensation  insurance with statutory limits covering all of Tenant's employees
working in the Leased Premises and Existing  Building,  and to deposit  promptly
with Landlord certificates for such insurance, and all renewals thereof, bearing
the  endorsement  that the  policies  will not be canceled  until after 10 days'
written notice to Landlord.

         Tenant will maintain general  comprehensive  public liability insurance
with respect to the Leased Premises naming Landlord and Tenant as insureds on an
occurrence  basis, in amounts not less than $500,000 with respect to injuries or
damages to any one person and not less than  $1,000,000 with respect to injuries
suffered  in any one  accident,  and not less than  $1,000,000  with  respect to
property damage,  occurring upon, in or about the Leased Premises or arising out
of the Tenant's use of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the
policies of such insurance,  or certificates  thereof for the Existing Building,
for the Leased Premises at least fifteen (15) days prior to the

                                       12
<PAGE>



Commencement Date and for each renewal policy or certificate  thereof,  at least
fifteen  (15) days prior to the  expiration  of the policy it renews.  Each such
policy shall  provide  that it may not be modified or canceled  without at least
twenty (20) days'  written  notice to Landlord.  All policies of insurance to be
maintained by Tenant under this Lease shall be written by responsible  insurance
companies  authorized to do business in the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and
shall name  Landlord and Tenant as insureds as their  respective  interests  may
appear. All Liability Insurance shall provide coverage for all persons who enter
the  property  including  but not  limited to  Landlord  and the  Tenant,  their
employees,  agents,  contractors,  subcontractors  and employees,  and agents of
contractors and  subcontractors  as well as customers and invitees to the Leased
Premises.

7.1.5 Tenant Conformance to Property Insurance Requirements. Tenant shall not do
or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Leased  Premises or  elsewhere in
the Building,  or the Real Property which will invalidate or be in conflict with
the Massachusetts standard form of fire, boiler, water damage or other insurance
policies covering the Leased Premises,  Building, or Real Property, and will not
bring  or keep  anything  on the  Leased  Premises,  Existing  Building  or Real
Property which shall increase the rate of any such insurance  policy or obstruct
or  interfere  with the rights of other  tenants of the  Building  or in any way
injure or annoy them or those having business with them. Tenant shall comply, in
the  conduct  of its  business  and in the making of any  alterations,  with all
rules,  orders,   regulations  or  requirements  of  the  local  Board  of  Fire
Underwriters and the New England Fire Insurance Rating  Association or any other
body  having  a  similar  function  and  exercising  jurisdiction  over the Real
Property, the Leased Premises, the Building or the Existing Building.

7.1.6 Landlord's Right to Enter. Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the
Leased Premises or any part of either thereof, without charge, at all reasonable
times while the tenant is open for business  and, in case of  emergency,  at any
time, to examine,  inspect or protect the same,  to show the Leased  Premises to
prospective purchasers or tenants, to make or facilitate any

                                       13

<PAGE>



repairs,  alterations,   additions  or  improvements  to  the  Leased  Premises,
including,  but without  limitation,  to install and maintain in and remove from
the Leased Premises and the pipes,  wires and other  conduits,  and Tenant shall
not be entitled to any  abatement  or  reduction of rent or damages by reason of
any of the  foregoing.  Except in case of  emergency,  any such access  shall be
performed in such a manner so as to interfere as little as  reasonably  possible
with the operation of the business  being  conducted in the Leased  Premises and
only upon reasonable advance written notice.

         In cases  where  Landlord  shall  have the  right to enter  the  Leased
Premises  and it is  understood  that  Landlord  shall  comply with any security
arrangements  established from time to time by Tenant, and Tenant agrees that it
will  always  provide  Landlord  entry upon the  Leased  Premises  and  Existing
Building upon  reasonable  notice,  under general  supervision by an employee of
Tenant and, in case of emergency, immediate entry into the Leased Premises under
such supervision.

7.1.7  Insurance of Tenant's  Personal  Property.  All personal  property of the
Tenant (including  furnishings,  fixtures and equipment) in the Leased Premises,
in the  Building  or  shall  be at the  risk of the  Tenant  and  Tenant  shall,
throughout  the Term of this Lease,  keep the same  insured  against all loss or
damage by fire or other casualty.

7.1.8  Yield Up of the Leased  Premises.  At the  Termination  Date of the Lease
Term,  and on  surrender,  Tenant  shall  remove from the Leased  Premises,  its
personal  property,  trade fixtures and repair any damage to the Leased Premises
caused by the removal.  Any items not removed by Tenant as required above, shall
be  considered  abandoned.  Landlord may dispose of abandoned  items as Landlord
chooses.  The Landlord shall bill the Tenant for its reasonable and direct costs
of removal  and  repair.  The Tenant  shall not be  responsible  for  Landlord's
removal of walls  permanently  installed  or built into the Leased  Premises  by
Tenant.  It is understood that all personal  property and trade fixtures brought
onto the Leased  Premises or which are on the Leased Premises even if affixed to
the Leased Premises, shall be

                                       14
<PAGE>



considered  personal property for which the Tenant shall have the absolute right
to  remove  same,  subject  to its  obligations  to  repair  set  forth  in this
paragraph.  Prior to the  commencement  date the  Landlord and the holder of all
mortgages shall execute a landlord's waiver  acknowledging and consenting to the
contents of this paragraph.

         The foregoing  notwithstanding if the Tenant shall terminate this lease
in or within the first 90 months of the Lease, at the option of the Landlord and
with notice to Tenant,  the Tenant  shall  restore  the  premises to a condition
where the  premises are divided  into the same number of offices  which  existed
prior to the renovation,  provided  however,  that the cost for such restoration
will not exceed $15,000, present valued to the date of the lease or adjusted for
inflation in determining such present value.

7.2 Negative Covenants.  Tenant covenants at all times during the Lease Term and
Extended  Term and such further time as Tenant  occupies the Leased  Premises or
the Existing Building or any part of either thereof as follows:

7.2.1 Assignment,  Subletting,  Etc. Tenant shall have absolute and unrestricted
right to assign, transfer,  encumber,  mortgage or pledge this Lease in whole or
in part all or any part of the Leased Premises,  so long as each such assignment
or transfer  shall be for a Permitted Use and shall be expressly  subject to and
subordinate to the terms,  provisions and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall
have the right with  Landlord's  consent,  such  consent not to be  unreasonably
withheld  or  delayed,  to enter into  subleases,  for all or any portion of the
Leased Premises on terms and conditions to be negotiated by the Tenant above, so
long as each such  sublease  shall be for a Permitted Use and shall be expressly
subject to and  subordinate  to the terms,  provisions  and  conditions  of this
Lease.  However,  in no case shall the Tenant be relieved of any liability under
this Lease by virtue of any assignment, transfer, encumbrance,  mortgage, pledge
or sublease.

                                       15
<PAGE>

7.2.2 Overloading,  Nuisance, Etc. Not to injure, overload,  deface or otherwise
harm the Leased  Premises;  nor suffer any waste;  nor commit any nuisance;  nor
permit the emission of any  objectionable  noise or odor;  nor burn any trash or
refuse within the  Building,  nor make any use of the Leased  Premises  which is
improper, offensive or contrary to any law or ordinance or which will invalidate
or increase the cost of any of Landlord's insurance.

7.2.3 Installation, Alteration or Additions. Not to make any structural repairs,
installations,   alterations,   improvements,  or  additions  (except  only  the
installation of office furniture  dividers,  partitions,  drapery and rugs or of
fixtures  necessary  for the conduct of its business and  initially  agreed upon
repairs and  alterations),  without on each  occasion  obtaining  prior  written
consent of Landlord  excluding initial  construction  which consent shall not be
unreasonably   withheld  or  delayed,  and  then  only  pursuant  to  plans  and
specifications approved by Landlord in advance in each instance,  which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

         All  such  repairs,   alterations,   installations,   improvements  and
additions  shall become the property of the  Landlord,  provided,  however,  all
articles of personal  property,  and all business  machinery  and  equipment and
appurtenances  thereto  and  furniture  owned or placed by Tenant in the  Leased
Premises or Building  shall  remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by
Tenant at any time,  provided that Tenant,  at its expense,  shall repair to the
reasonable  satisfaction  of  Landlord  any  damage to the  Leased  Premises  or
Building  caused by such  removal.  Any items not  removed by Tenant as required
above, shall be considered abandoned. Landlord may dispose of abandoned items as
Landlord  chooses.  The Landlord  shall bill the Tenant for its  reasonable  and
direct  costs of removal and repair.  The Tenant  shall not be  responsible  for
Landlord's  removal of walls  affixed to the Building by the Tenant  permanently
installed or built into the Leased Premises by the Tenant.

         Tenant will procure all  necessary  permits  before making any repairs,
installations, alterations, additions, improvements or

                                       16

<PAGE>

removals.  Landlord  agrees that it will cooperate with Tenant in obtaining such
permits.   Tenant   agrees  that  all   repairs,   installations,   alterations,
improvements  and removals done by it or anyone  claiming under it shall be done
in a good and workmanlike manner, that the same shall be done in conformity with
all laws, ordinances and regulations of all public authorities and all insurance
inspection  or rating  bureaus  having  jurisdiction,  that the structure of the
Leased Premises,  or Building will not be endangered or impaired and that Tenant
will  repair any and all damage  caused by or  resulting  from any such  repairs
installations,  alterations, additions, improvements or removals, including, but
without limitation, the filling of holes. Tenant agrees to pay promptly when due
all charges for labor and materials in  connection  with any work done by Tenant
or anyone  claiming under Tenant upon the Leased  Premises,  or Building so that
the Leased  Premises,  and Building shall at all times be free of liens.  Tenant
agrees to save Landlord harmless from, and indemnify  Landlord against,  any and
all  claims  for  injury,  loss or damage to  person  or  property  caused by or
resulting from the doing of any such work.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               Casualty or Taking

8.1  Landlord  to Repair or  Rebuild.  In case the Leased  Premises  or any part
thereof shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other  casualty,  or ordered to
be demolished by the action of any public  authority in consequence of a fire or
other casualty,  or taken by any exercise of the right of eminent  domain,  this
Lease shall, unless it is terminated as provided below in Article 8.2 or Article
8.3,  remain  in full  force  and  effect  and  Landlord  shall at its  expense,
proceeding with all reasonable dispatch,  repair or rebuild the Leased Premises,
or what may  remain  thereof,  so as to  restore  them (not  including  Tenant's
fixtures,  furniture,  furnishings,  floor coverings and equipment) as nearly as
practicable  to the  condition  they were in  immediately  prior to such damage,
destruction,  or taking,  but  Landlord  shall not be required to expend in such
repair or rebuilding more than the proceeds of insurance or award of damages, if
any,  recovered  or  recoverable  with respect to such  damage,  destruction  or
taking,

                                       17

<PAGE>



less  Landlord's  reasonable  expenses  incurred in collecting  such proceeds or
award, as the case may be. If the Landlord's  restoration has not been completed
within one  hundred  eighty  (180 ) days from the date of the  casualty,  Tenant
shall have the right to  terminate  this Lease in the manner set forth  below in
Article 8.2.

8.2 Right to Terminate  in Event of Casualty.  In case the Building in which the
Leased  Premises  are  situated  is  destroyed  or so  damaged  by fire or other
casualty insured under any fire and extended  coverage  insurance policy carried
by Landlord so as to render the Leased Premises untenantable; then in such case,
Tenant may at its election, exercisable by written notice, given to Landlord 180
days after such destruction or damage, and If the Landlord's restoration has not
been  completed  within  one  hundred  eighty  (180 ) days  from the date of the
casualty,  terminate  this  Lease as of the date  designated  by  Tenant in such
notice,  which  designated  date shall be not less than 15 days nor more than 30
days after the date of such notice.

8.3  Termination  in Event of Taking.  If all the Leased  Premises  are taken by
eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate when Tenant is required to vacate the
Leased Premises. If by a taking the floor area of the Leased Premises is reduced
by more than 20 percent  thereof,  this Lease may at the option of the Tenant be
terminated,  as of the date when Tenant is required to vacate the portion of the
Leased  Premises so taken, by written notice given to the Landlord not more than
thirty  (30)  days  after the date on which the  Tenant  receives  notice of the
taking.

8.3.1  Restoration.  In the event of a  casualty  or taking  and so long as this
Lease does not terminate as aforesaid, Landlord shall, within a reasonable time,
restore  what may  remain  of the  Leased  Premises  to  substantially  the same
condition  they were in prior  thereto,  subject to reduction  in size  thereof,
consistent,  however,  with zoning laws and building codes then in existence.  A
just proportion of the all rent payments,  according to the nature and extent of
the injury to the Leased Premises,  shall be abated until what may remain of the
Leased Premises shall be restored as aforesaid.

                                       18

<PAGE>



         Tenant shall at its own expense  proceed with all reasonable  dispatch,
and in any event less than one hundred (120) days after  Landlord's  restoration
shall have been  completed,  repair or replace such of its fixtures,  furniture,
furnishings,  floor  coverings  and  equipment as may be required as a result of
such damage, destruction or taking.

8.4 Landlord Reserves Award.  Landlord reserves and excepts all rights to awards
for damages to the Leased  Premises or Building and the leasehold  estate hereby
created now accrued or hereafter accruing (not including awards for damages,  to
Tenant's  trade  fixtures,  interior  partitions  installed  by Tenant and other
installations made by Tenant which Tenant is entitled to remove upon termination
of this Lease) by reason of any exercise of the right of eminent  domain,  or by
reason of anything  lawfully done in pursuance of any public or other authority;
and by way of confirmation Tenant grants to Landlord all Tenant's rights to such
awards  and  covenants  to execute  and  deliver  such  further  instruments  of
assignment  thereof as  Landlord  may from time to time  request.  It is further
agreed and  understood,  however,  that  Landlord does not reserve to itself and
Tenant does not assign to Landlord, any damages payable for any special fixtures
installed  by  Tenant  at its own cost and  expense,  or any  damages  which are
considered "special damages" to Tenant,  including without limitation any moving
or relocation  expenses the Tenant may be entitled to by law or damages  arising
from the Tenant's loss of its leasehold interest.

8.5 Abatement of Rent. In the event of any casualty or taking, a just proportion
of the all the rent  payments  (as defined in Article  4.1)  payable  hereunder,
according  to the  nature  and  extent  of the  injury,  shall be  abated  until
completion of repairs or rebuilding or  termination  of this Lease,  as the case
may be; and in the case of a taking  which  permanently  reduces the area of the
Leased Premises, a just proportion The Rent (as defined in Article 4.1) shall be
abated for the remainder of the Lease Term or Extended Term, as the case may be.

  
                                       19

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                    Defaults


9.1 Events of Default.  If Tenant  shall  default in  performance  of any of its
obligations  to pay rent,  Annual Fixed Rent, and if such default shall continue
for fifteen days after written  notice from Landlord then, and in any such case,
Landlord  lawfully may, in addition to and not in derogation of any remedies for
any  preceding  breach of covenant,  mail a notice of  termination  addressed to
Tenant at Tenant's  Original  Address as specified in Article 1.1, and repossess
the same as of  Landlord's  former  estate and expel  Tenant and those  claiming
through or under Tenant without  prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise
be used for arrears of rent or preceding breach of covenant, and upon such entry
or mailing as aforesaid this Lease shall terminate.

         If within  thirty days after  written  notice  from  Landlord to Tenant
specifying any other default or defaults, Tenant has not commenced diligently to
correct the default or defaults so  specified or has not  thereafter  diligently
pursued such correction to completion,  in either case subject to the provisions
of Article 7, then, and in any such case,  Landlord lawfully may, in addition to
and not in derogation of any remedies for any preceding  breach of covenant,  or
mail a notice of termination addressed to Tenant at Tenant's Original Address as
specified in Article ____, and repossess the same as of Landlord's former estate
and expel Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant without prejudice to
any  remedies  which might  otherwise  be used for arrears of rent or  preceding
breach of covenant, and upon such entry or mailing as aforesaid this Lease shall
terminate. There shall be due to Landlord a late charge for failure of Tenant to
pay rent,  annual  fixed  rent,  at the rate of 7%  computed  until the date the
default is cured and commencing on the date the payment is due.

9.2  Remedies.  In the event  that  this  Lease is  terminated  under any of the
provisions  contained in Article 9.1 or shall be otherwise terminated for breach
of any obligation of Tenant,  Tenant covenants to pay punctually to Landlord all
sums and perform all the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay
and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as
if this Lease had not been terminated.

                                       20

<PAGE>



In  calculating  the  amounts  to be paid by  Tenant  under  the next  foregoing
covenant,  Tenant  shall be  credited  with any amount  paid to  Landlord as net
proceeds of any rent  obtained by Landlord  by  reletting  the Leased  Premises,
after  deducting  all  Landlord's  expenses in connection  with such  reletting,
including,  without limitation,  all repossession costs,  brokerage commissions,
fees for legal  services and expenses of repairing the Leased  Premises for such
reletting,  it being agreed by Tenant that  Landlord may but is not obligated to
(i) relet the Leased Premises or any part or parts thereof,  for a term or terms
which may, at Landlord's  option,  be equal to or less than or exceed the period
which would  otherwise have  constituted the balance of the Lease Term, and (ii)
make such  removals  and  repairs  in the Leased  Premises  as  Landlord  in its
reasonable  judgment considers  advisable or necessary to relet the same, and no
action of Landlord in  accordance  with the  foregoing or failure to relet or to
collect rent under any reletting  shall  operate or be construed,  to the extent
permitted by law, to release or reduce the Tenant's liability as aforesaid.

         Nothing contained in this Lease shall, however,  limit or prejudice the
right of  Landlord  to prove for and obtain in  proceedings  for  bankruptcy  or
insolvency by reason of the  termination  of this Lease,  an amount equal to the
maximum  allowed by any  statute or rule of law in effect at the time when,  and
governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not
the amount be greater,  equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages
referred to above.

9.3 Remedies  Cumulative.  The specific  rights or remedies to which Landlord or
Tenant  may  resort  under the terms of this  Lease are  cumulative  and are not
intended  to be  exclusive  of any other  remedies  or means of redress to which
Landlord or Tenant,  as the case may be, may be lawfully  entitled to in case of
any  breach or  threatened  breach by either of them of any  provisions  of this
Lease.  No mention in this Lease of any specific  right or remedy shall preclude
either party from  exercising any other right or from having any other remedy or
from  maintaining  any other action to which it may otherwise be entitled either
at law or equity.


                                       21

<PAGE>



9.4 Landlord's Right to Cure Defaults.  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated
to, cure, at any time,  following  thirty days' prior written  notice to Tenant,
except in cases of emergency  when no notice  shall be required,  any default by
Tenant under this Lease; and whenever Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, in curing a default
shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

9.5 Effect of Waivers of Default.  The failure of either  party to seek  redress
for  violation of, or to insist upon the strict and literal  performance  of any
term,  covenant or condition of this Lease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such
violation or a relinquishment for the future of such covenant,  right or option,
nor  prevent a  subsequent  act,  which  would  have  originally  constituted  a
violation,  from having all the force and effect of an original  violation,  but
the same shall remain in full force and effect. The receipt by Landlord of rent,
with or without  knowledge  of the  breach of any term,  covenant  or  condition
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.  No provisions of this Lease
shall be deemed to have been  waived by either  party  unless  such waiver be in
writing.

9.6 Landlord's  Default.  Except for breach by Landlord of the covenant of quiet
enjoyment,  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the  performance of
any  of  its  obligations  hereunder  unless  it  shall  fail  to  perform  such
obligations  and such  failure  shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days
after written notice has been given by Tenant to Landlord  specifying the nature
of  Landlord's  default.  In the event of any such  default if Landlord  has not
commenced  to cure any such default on or before the  expiration  of said thirty
(30) days,  Tenant may elect either:  (a) to terminate this Lease entirely or as
to any portion of the Leased Premises  affected by the default by giving written
notice  thereof to Landlord,  whereupon this Lease shall be terminated for those
portions of the Leased  Premises  specified in the notice and the obligations of
Tenant  hereunder  shall  thereupon  cease or (b) may cure such  defaults at the
Landlord's expense.

                                                     

                                       22

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X
                            Miscellaneous Provisions

10.1 Notice from One Party to the Other.  Any notice from  Landlord to Tenant or
from Tenant to Landlord  shall be deemed duly served if mailed by  registered or
certified mail addressed, if to Tenant, at the Tenant's Original Address or such
other  address  as Tenant  shall  have last  designated  by notice in writing to
Landlord and, if to Landlord,  at the Landlord's  Original Address or such other
address as Landlord shall have last designated by notice in writing to Tenant.

10.2 Quiet  Enjoyment.  Landlord  covenants and agrees that upon Tenant's paying
the Annual Fixed Rent, and performing and observing the  agreements,  conditions
and other provisions on its part to be performed and observed,  Tenant shall and
may peaceably and quietly have,  hold and enjoy the Leased  Premises  during the
Lease Term  without any manner of  hindrance  or  molestation  from  Landlord or
anyone claiming under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease and
to any mortgage which may be superior to this Lease.

10.3 Notice of Lease Lease not to be  Recorded.  Both  parties  shall,  upon the
request of either,  execute,  acknowledge and deliver a notice of this Lease, in
recordable  form,  setting  forth,  inter  alia  the  Commencement  Date and the
Termination Date for the Leased Premises. If this Lease is terminated before the
Term expires under the terms hereof, the parties shall execute,  acknowledge and
deliver and record an instrument  acknowledging such fact and the actual date of
termination of this Lease.

10.4 Limitation of Landlord's Liability/Joint and Several Liability. No owner of
the Leased  Premises  shall be liable  under this Lease  except for  breaches of
Landlord's  obligations  occurring while owner of the Leased  Premises,  and, if
Landlord is a trust,  Landlord's obligations hereunder shall not be binding upon
the  Trustees  of  said  Trust   individually   nor  upon  the  shareholders  or
beneficiaries  of said Trust,  but only upon the  Trustees as trustees  and upon
their trust  estate.  In the event that two or more  individuals,  corporations,
partnerships or other business  associations  (or any combination of two or more
thereof)

                                       23

<PAGE>



shall  sign  this  Lease as  Tenant,  the  liability  of each  such  individual,
corporation,  partnership or other business  association to pay rent and perform
all other obligations  hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several. In the
event  that the  Tenant  named in this  Lease  shall be a  partnership  or other
business  association  the members of which are, by virtue of statute or general
law not subject to personal  liability then, and in such event, the liability of
each such member  shall be deemed to be joint and several  notwithstanding  such
statute or general law.

10.5 Acts of God. In any case where  either  party  hereto is required to do any
act, delays caused by or resulting from Acts of God, war, civil commotion,  fire
or  other  casualty,  labor  difficulties,  shortages  of  labor,  materials  or
equipment,  government  regulations  or other causes,  to the extent that any of
which are  beyond  such  party's  reasonable  control,  shall not be  counted in
determining the time during which work shall be completed,  whether such time be
designated  by a fixed date,  a fixed time or "a  reasonable  time."  "Financial
inability" is expressly excluded as a cause for such delay in performance.

10.6 Waiver of  Subrogation.  The Landlord  hereby  releases the Tenant,  to the
extent of the Landlord's insurance coverage,, from any and all liability for any
loss or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage  casualties or any
other  casualty  insured  against,  even if such fire or other casualty shall be
brought about by the fault or negligence of the Tenant or its agents,  provided,
however,  this  release  shall be in full force and effect only with  respect to
loss or damage  occurring during such time as the Landlord's  policies  covering
such loss or damage shall contain a clause to the effect that this release shall
not affect said policies or the right of the Landlord to recover thereunder. The
Landlord agrees that its fire and other casualty insurance policies will include
such a clause so long as the same is includable  without extra cost, or if extra
cost is  chargeable  therefor,  so long as the Tenant pays such extra  cost.  If
extra cost is chargeable  therefor,  the Landlord will advise the Tenant thereof
and of the amount  thereof.  The Tenant at its  election  may pay the same,  but
shall not be obligated to do so.

                                       24

<PAGE>


         The Tenant  hereby  releases the Landlord to the extent of the Tenant's
insurance coverage,  from any and all liability for any loss or damage caused by
fire or other  casualty  insured  against,  even if such fire or other  casualty
shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of the Landlord or its agents,
provided,  however,  this release shall be in force and effect only with respect
to loss or damage occurring during such time as the Tenant's  policies  covering
such loss or damage shall contain a clause to the effect that this release shall
not  affect  said  policies  or the right of Tenant to recover  thereunder.  The
Tenant agrees that its fire and other casualty  insurance  policies will include
such a clause so long as same is includable without extra cost, or if extra cost
is chargeable  therefor,  so long as the Landlord pays such extra cost. If extra
cost is chargeable therefor,  the Tenant will advise the Landlord thereof and of
the amount  thereof.  The Landlord at its election,  may pay the same, but shall
not be obligated to do so.

         Each party hereby waives all rights of recovery  against the other. for
loss or injury  against  which  the  waiving  party is  protected  by  insurance
containing said provisions,  reserving,  however, any rights with respect to any
excess of loss of injury over the amount  recovered by such  insurance.  Neither
party  shall  acquire as insured  under any  insurance  carried by the other any
right to participate in the adjustment of loss or to receive insurance  proceeds
and agrees upon  request  promptly to endorse and deliver to the other party any
checks or other instruments in payment of loss in which it is named a payee.

10.7 Status Certificate. Each party agrees from time to time, upon not less than
fifteen (15) days prior written request, to execute,  acknowledge and deliver to
each other a statement in writing  certifying  that this Lease is unmodified and
in  full  force  and  effect  and  that  Tenant  has  no  defenses,  offsets  or
counterclaims  against its  obligations  to pay the Annual  Fixed  Rent,  and to
perform  its other  covenants  under  this  Lease and that  there are no uncured
defaults  of  Landlord  or Tenant  under this Lease (or,  if there have been any
modifications that the

                                       25

<PAGE>



same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications  and,
if there are any defenses,  offsets,  counterclaims,  or defaults,  setting them
forth in reasonable  detail),  and the dates to which the Annual Fixed Rent have
been paid.  Any such  statement  delivered  pursuant to this Article 10.7 may be
relied upon by any prospective  purchaser or prospective Mortgagee of the Leased
Premises or of the Building or any prospective assignee of any such Mortgage.

10.8 Rights of Mortgagee and Subordination

10.8.1 Unless  Landlord  exercises the option set forth in Article 10.8.2 below,
this Lease shall be superior to and shall not be subordinated to any mortgage or
other voluntary lien or other encumbrance on the Leased Premises,  Real Property
or the Building,  hereinafter in this Article 10.8 referred to as "the mortgaged
Leased Premises." No holder of a mortgage shall be liable either as mortgagee or
as assignee,  to perform, or be liable in damages for failure to perform many of
the  obligations of Landlord  unless and until such holder shall have entered as
mortgagee in possession  or until such holder shall have  acquired  indefeasible
title to the Real  Property  and the  Building and then only subject to and with
the benefit of the  provisions of Article  10.5. No Annual Fixed Rent,  shall be
paid more than ten days  prior to the due dates  thereof  and  payments  made in
violation of this  provision  shall (except to the extent that such payments are
actually  received by a mortgagee in possession or in the process of foreclosing
its mortgage) be a nullity as against such  mortgagee and Tenant shall be liable
for the amount of such payments to such mortgagee.  The covenants and agreements
contained  in this Lease with  respect to the rights,  powers and  benefits of a
mortgagee   (particularly,   without  limitation  thereby,   the  covenants  and
agreements  contained in this Article (10.8.1)  constitute a continuing offer to
any person,  corporation or other entity becoming the mortgagee of the mortgaged
Leased Premises,  and such mortgagee is hereby  constituted an obligee of Tenant
to the same  extent  as though  its name was  written  hereon as such;  and such
mortgagee shall be entitled to enforce such  provisions in its own name.  Tenant
agrees on  request of  Landlord  to execute  and  deliver  from time to time any
agreement  which may be necessary to implement  the  provisions  of this Article
10.8.1.


                                       26

<PAGE>




10.8.2 Tenant agrees at the request of Landlord to subordinate this Lease to any
mortgage placed upon the mortgaged  Leased  Premises by Landlord,  provided that
the holder of such mortgage  enters into an agreement  with Tenant  binding upon
the  successors  and assigns of the  parties  thereto by the terms of which such
holder  agrees not to disturb the  possession  and other  rights of Tenant under
this Lease including all rights of first refusal so long as Tenant  continues to
perform its  obligations  hereunder and in the event of  acquisition of title by
said holder through  foreclosure  proceedings or otherwise,  to accept Tenant as
tenant of the Leased  Premises  under the terms and  conditions  hereunder or to
sell said Leased Premises and/or the Building  subject to this Lease, and Tenant
agrees to  recognize  such  holder or any other  person  acquiring  title to the
Leased  Premises as Landlord.  Tenant and Landlord  agree to execute and deliver
any  appropriate  instruments  necessary  to carry  out the  agreements  in this
Article  10.8  contained.  Any  such  mortgage  to  which  this  Lease  shall be
subordinated may contain such terms,  provisions and conditions as the mortgagee
deems usual or customary.

10.9 No Accord and Satisfaction.  No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than
the  Annual  Fixed  Rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of
the earliest  installment of such rent or charge due, nor shall any  endorsement
or statement on this Lease is capable of two  constructions,  one of which would
render the  provision  void and the other of which  would  render the  provision
valid, then the provision shall have the meaning which renders it valid.

10.10 Parking. There are no parking spaces in connection with this lease.

10.11 Right of First  Refusal  Purchase.  If at any time during any term of this
lease,  Landlord shall receive and be willing to accept the bone fide offer from
a third party to purchase the office building or if Landlord shall offer to sell
the office building to any third party,  Landlord shall, if there is no event of
default, promptly transmit to Tenant its offer to sell the

                                       27

<PAGE>



property to Tenant upon same terms and  conditions as those offered by or to the
third party,  together with a true copy of such original  offer. If Tenant shall
not accept such offer within fortyfive (45) days after it is made, Landlord may,
after the expiration of such fortyfive (45) day period,  sell such interest to a
third party upon terms and conditions as those offered to the Tenant.  If Tenant
accepts such offer by notice to Landlord  within the time  permitted,  the offer
and  acceptance  shall  constitute  a contract  for the sale by Landlord and the
purchase by Tenant of the  property  at a closing to be held within  thirty (30)
days following the receipt by Landlord by Tenants  notice of acceptance.  On the
date of such  purchase,  the  Landlord  shall  convey  the  Leased  Premises  in
consideration of the payment of the purchase price. by quitclaim deed, conveying
good clear record and marketable  title to the Leased Premises free of all liens
and encumbrances  except this lease and except for easements and restrictions of
record which are listed on Exhibit D attached  hereto.  The Landlord may use the
purchase  price to pay off  mortgage  liens and like  encumbrances.  If Landlord
shall be unable to give title,  the  Landlord  shall use  reasonable  efforts to
remove such defects in title. All remaining conditions of sale shall be as found
in the current Greater Boston Real Estate Board form purchase and sale agreement
as reasonably adjusted for this transaction.

10.12.  Right of First Refusal(a.) If at any time during any term of this lease,
the Landlord  shall  receive and be willing to accept the bona fide offer from a
third  party to lease  any space on the  third  floor or any other  space in the
entire building which is adjacent to space leased to Tenant or if Landlord shall
offer to lease the  space to any third  party,  Landlord  shall,  if there is no
event of default,  promptly transmit to Tenant its offer to lease the said space
to Tenant upon terms and  conditions  as those offered by or to the third party,
together  with a true copy of such  original  offer.  If Tenant shall not accept
such offer within  thirty (30) days after it is made,  Landlord  may,  after the
expiration  such thirty (30) day  period,  lease such  interest to a third party
upon terms and conditions as those offered to the Tenant.


                                       28

<PAGE>



         If Tenant  accepts  such  offer by notice to  Landlord  within the time
permitted,  the offer and  acceptance  shall  constitute a contract for lease by
Landlord  and by Tenant of the property to be executed  within  thirty (30) days
following the receipt by Landlord by Tenants notice of  acceptance.  On the date
of such leasing,  Landlord  shall lease the Leased  Premises free of all tenants
and  occupants . The Landlord  shall have a continuing  obligation  to offer the
same for lease to the Tenant  throughout any term of this lease before it enters
into a lease for same with any other person.

10.13    Intentionally Omitted.

10.14  Signage.  Tenant  shall be allowed to  maintain  and erect all signage it
deems to be  necessary.  The  nature and  location  of any sign to be erected by
Tenant  shall  be  subject  to  consent  of  the  Landlord  which  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  The  Landlord  shall  install and maintain a
building directory sign in the main lobby of the building.

         Tenant  agrees  to  obtain  any  necessary  municipal  permits  for the
erection and  maintenance  of such signage and to pay the cost  thereof.  In the
event the sign is in violation  of any town of  governmental  ordinance,  Tenant
shall  immediately  correct  such  violation  at its own  cost and  expense  and
indemnify Landlord for any cost, penalty, loss or damage incurred by Landlord as
a result of said sign(s).

10.15  Satellite  Dish.  Tenant  shall be  allowed  to  install  and  maintain a
satellite  dish  and  antenna  on  the  roof  of  the  Building.  All  costs  of
installation  and  maintenance  shall be borne by the Tenant.  The  installation
shall be made so as not to damage the Building or Building systems. Tenant shall
indemnify  Landlord  for any and all damages  caused to the building or building
systems by the dish or antenna or the maintenance thereof.

                                   ARTICLE XI

11.0.  Lease as Entire  Agreement.  This  Lease  contains  the  entire  and only
agreement between the parties and all prior

                                       29

<PAGE>



negotiations,   representations,   statements,  warranties,  understandings  and
agreements  whether  written or oral with  respect to the Leased  Premises,  the
Building,  the Real Property or this Lease are merged in this Lease and any such
statements,  representations,  warranties, understandings or agreements, whether
oral or written,  not referred to or contained in this Lease shall have no force
or effect. Tenant acknowledges that all representations, statements, warranties,
agreements,  and understandings upon which Tenant relied in executing this Lease
are  contained  herein  and  that  Tenant  in  no  way  relied  upon  any  other
representations,  statements,  warranties, agreements, or understandings whether
written or oral..  This Lease may not be changed,  modified or discharged in any
way,  and no  executory  agreement  shall be  effective  to  change,  modify  or
discharge,  in whole or in part, this Lease or any obligations under this Lease,
unless  such  agreement  is set  forth in a  written  instrument  signed  by the
parties.

                                   ARTICLE XII

12.0.  Captions.  All headings used herein are for  convenience  only and do not
constitute a part of this Lease and in no way do they limit or amplify the terms
and provisions of this Lease.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

13.  ARBITRATION.  Any  disagreement  between  the parties  with  respect to the
interpretation  or application  of this lease or the  obligations of the parties
hereunder  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration.  Such  arbitration  shall  be
conducted,  upon  request of either the  Landlord  or the Tenant,  before  three
arbitrators  (unless  the  Landlord  or the  Tenant  agree  to  one  arbitrator)
designated by the American  Arbitration  Association  and in accordance with the
rules of such  Association.  The  arbitrators  designated  and acting under this
lease shall make their award in strict conformity with such rules and shall have
no power to depart from or change any of the provisions thereof.  The expense of
arbitration  proceedings  conducted  hereunder  shall  be borne  equally  by the
parties. All arbitration  proceedings hereunder shall be conducted in the county
in which the leased property is

                                       30

<PAGE>



located. It is agreed that if at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount
or sum of  money to be paid by one  party  to the  other  under  the  provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
make  payment  "under  protest"  and such  payment  shall not be  regarded  as a
voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said party to
institute  suit for the recovery of such sum,  and if it shall be adjudged  that
there was no legal  obligation  on the part of said party to pay such sum or any
part  thereof,  said party  shall be  entitled  to  recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
lease; and if at any time a dispute shall arise between the parties hereto as to
any work to be  performed  by either of them under the  provisions  hereof,  the
party  against whom the  obligation  to perform the work is asserted may perform
such work and pay the cost thereof "under  protest" and the  performance of such
work shall in no event be regarded as a voluntary  performance,  and there shall
survive the right on the part of said party to  institute  suit for the recovery
of the cost of such work,  and, if it shall be adjudged  that there was no legal
obligation  on the part of such party to perform  the same or any part  thereof,
said party  shall be entitled to recover the cost of such work or the cost of so
much  thereof  as said  party was not  legally  required  to  perform  under the
provisions of this lease.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

14.0 This  instrument  shall be binding  upon the parties  and their  respective
successors and assigns

                  WITNESS the execution  hereof in triplicate  and under seal on
the day and year first above written.

- -------------------------                            ---------------------------
         Witness                                              Witness

                             LANDLORD:




                             MERRIMACK REALTY TRUST
                             By: /s/ George L. Duncan
                                 George L. Duncan    
                                   Trustee as aforesaid and
                                     not individually

                            By: /s/ Michael T. Putziger
                                 Michael T. Putziger 
                                   Trustee as aforesaid and
                                     not individually


                             TENANT:
                             ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                             By: /s/ John P. Clancy, Jr.
                                    Senior Vice President

                                       31


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14

                             LEASE DATE MAY 2, 1997

                     FRED FAUST TRUSTEE 1168 LAKEVIEW AVENUE
                REALTY TRUST TO ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                                    ARTICLE I

Reference Data and Exhibits

1.1      Data.

Date: May 2, 1997

Location of Building:   1168 Lakeview Avenue
                        Dracut, MA 01826

Landlord:          1168 Lakeview Avenue Realty Trust
                   Suite No.210
Original Address:  222 Merrimack Street
                   Lowell, MA 01852

Tenant:            Enterprise Bank and Trust Company
Original Address:  222 Merrimack Street
                   Lowell, MA 01852

Original Rent Payable: First Lakeview Avenue Limited Partnership

         The land with the building thereon,  located and known as 1168 Lakeview
Avenue,  Dracut,  MA and more  particularly  described in a deed from FMV Realty
Corporation  recorded with the Middlesex North district  Registry of deeds, Book
4328, Page 274.

Ground Area:

That  portion of the Real Estate  occupied by the Building and the drive up area
and canopy area appurtenant thereto, and as shown on Exhibit A.
<PAGE>
Leased Premises:

4922 square feet of interior  space in the  Building (as shown as Exhibit B) and
7955 square feet of canopy area and  drive-up  area (as shown on Exhibit "A") at
1168 Lakeview Avenue, Dracut, MA

Building:

The office  building,  of which the Premises are a part at 1168 Lakeview Avenue,
Dracut, Massachusetts and as shown on Exhibit A, and the improvements,  repairs,
alterations and additions thereto.

Commencement Date: January 1, 1998

Initial Term:     30 months

Extended  Term:  Seven (7)  options to extend for periods of Thirty (30 ) Months
each as provided in Article 4.1(b)

Annual Fixed Rent:  (a) Annual  Fixed Rent.  For the first thirty (30) months of
the Initial Term as that term is defined for each portion of the Leased Premises
as set forth in Article 2.3.1 Annual Fixed Rent as follows:  (I) Interior  Space
$59,064.00  annually,  $4,922.00  monthly,  payable in advance  beginning on the
Commencement Date (being pro-rated for any portion of a month) and being payable
on the first day of each  month  thereafter  during the term of this  Lease,  as
extended. (ii) Drive Up/and Parking Area $13,364.00 annually, $1,113.67 monthly,
payable in advance  beginning on the  Commencement  Date (being prorated for any
portion of a month) and being payable on the first day of each month  thereafter
during the term of this Lease, as extended.

Permitted  Uses: To use the Leased Premises for banking  purposes  including all
uses  permitted for a federally  insured bank or lending  institution  and other
financial  service  business  uses,  including  operation  of  automatic  teller
machines,  as  may be  allowed  banking  institutions  by law  and  for  general
professional office space.

                                       2
<PAGE>
Public Liability Insurance Limits:
                  Bodily Injury $500,000/$1,000,000

Termination Date:
                  As defined in Article 2.3.1

Mortgage:

a Mortgage,  deed of trust,  trust  indenture or other  security  instruments of
record creating an interest in or affecting  title to the Real Property,  or any
part  thereof,  including  a  leasehold  mortgage,  and any  and  all  renewals,
modifications, consolidations, or extensions of any such instrument.

1.2 Effect of  Reference  to Data.  Each  reference  in this Lease to any of the
titles  contained  in Article 1.1 shall be  construed  to  incorporate  the data
stated under Article 1.1.

1.3 Exhibits The exhibits listed below in this Article are  incorporated in this
Lease by reference and are to be construed as a part of this Lease.

Exhibit A

Site Plan showing the Real Property,the Existing Building, and Ground Area, that
portion of the Real Estate  occupied by the  Building  and the drive up area and
canopy area appurtenant  thereto,  and 4922 square feet of interior space in the
Building(as  shown as Exhibit B) and 7955 square feet of canopy area of drive-up
area (as shown on Exhibit "A") at 1168 Lakeview Avenue, Dracut, MA.

Exhibit B

Plan showing the Leased Premises.

Exhibit C: Schedule of Personalty

Exhibit D: List of encumbrances


                                       3
<PAGE>
                                      LEASE

                             BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

1.01  Date and  Parties.  This  lease  (Lease)  is made the 2nd day of May 1997,
between,  Fred  Faust  as he is  the  Trustee  of  1168  Lakeview  Avenue  Trust
(Landlord) and Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company  (Tenant).  Landlord is a real
estate  trust  with  a  principal   office  at  222  Merrimack  Street  ,Lowell,
Massachusetts  01852.  Tenant is a  Massachusetts  corporation  with a principal
office at 222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            Leased Premises and Term

2.1 Leased  Premises.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases
from Landlord,  for the term  hereinafter  set forth and subject to and with the
benefit of the terms,  covenants,  conditions and provisions of this Lease,  the
Leased Premises, free standing building located at 1168 Lakeview Avenue, Dracut,
Massachusetts  and the Ground  Area as shown on  Exhibit A. The Leased  Premises
consist of 4,922 square feet of interior space in the Building, and 7,955 square
feet of drive up and canopy area.  The Ground Area consists of the land occupied
by the Building.

2.2.1.  Appurtenant  Rights.  The Leased  Premises  and  Ground  Area shall also
include all appurtenant  rights now or at any time hereafter  during the term of
this Lease  necessary for the continued use and enjoyment  thereof by Tenant and
shall specifically  include as appurtenant  thereto the right for Tenant and all
his  agents,  employees,  guests  and  invitees  to use (in common  with  others
entitled to the use thereof) (a) all entrances,  lobbies,  walkways,  corridors,
which now or hereafter  afford access to the Leased Premises and the Building of
which  it is  part  and  (b)  the  common  pipes,  ducts,  conduits,  wires  and
appurtenant equipment serving the Leased Premises and the Existing Building. The
term Leased Premises wherever used herein, shall include any and all structures,
parking  facilities and common  facilities  built therein,  or as they may, from
time to time,  be reduced by eminent  domain  takings or  dedications  to public
authorities.Tenant  shall  also  have the  right as  appurtenant  to the  Leased
Premises to the exclusive  access as can be reasonably  enforced by the Landlord
for motor vehicles to drive around the southerly side of the Building for access
to a driveup  facility on the easterly side of the Building and exit on Lakeview
Avenue as shown in Exhibit A. It will be fully  understood  by all other tenants
that such area shall be for the exclusive use of the Tenant, except that loading
docks or loading operations of other tenants may take place in this area on days
Tenant is closed for business and on days Tenant is open for business,  if prior
to 8:00 A.M.  or after  Tenant's  closing  for  retail  business,  all such load
operations to be pursuant to such regulations established by Landlord which will
attempt  to  minimize  interference  with  the  normal  operation  of a  banking
facility.  Landlord  shall  inform  all  subsequent  tenants  either by lease or
separate  letter of Tenant's  exclusive use of the drive up access and facility,
subject to loading dock and loading operation rights. Tenant shall also have the
right as  appurtenant to the Ground Area to the use of access for motor vehicles
for access to the drive up facility  attached to the Existing  Building.  Tenant
shall also have the nonexclusive right, as appurtenant to the Leased Premises to
use the parking spaces as described in Article 10.10 hereinbelow.  Tenant agrees
that it shall cause its employees to use eight of the tandem  parking  spaces as
shown on Exhibit A and any other parking spaces as may be assigned by Landlord.

                                       4
<PAGE>
2.2.2. Lobby and ATM Accessibility.  Landlord agrees to allow the ATM lobby area
to be accessable through a pass card entry system, designed, maintained and paid
for by Tenant, on a twenty four hour basis. In addition, Landlord agrees to keep
the lobby area of the Building open during the tenant's  normal  business hours.
Should Tenant  change its business  hours,  it shall so notify  Landlord so that
Landlord  can make the  appropriate  arrangements  to keep the  lobby  area open
during the Tenant's normal business hours.

2.3 Term.  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD for an Initial  Term the Leased  Premises  as set
forth below  (hereinafter  the "Initial Term") subject to the agreements,  terms
and conditions herein  contained.  The Initial Term is to commence on January 1,
1998  (hereinafter  the  "Commencement   Date")  for  the  Leased  Premises  and
continuing thereafter for the Lease Term unless sooner terminated as hereinafter
provided.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein contained the tenant
may enter upon the Leased  Premises on  September  1, 1997 and begin to renovate
and remodel the Leased Premises.  If the Tenant shall open for business prior to
December  31, 1997,  Tenant  shall not pay to the  Landlord  the rent,  pro-rata
common  charges or real estate taxes prior to January 1, 1998.  It shall however
pay in lieu thereof the sum of Five Thousand  Dollars  ($5,000) on the first day
it commences business prior to January 1, 1998

2.3.1  Initial  Term and  Extensions.  Initial  Term.  For a term of thirty (30)
months  (hereinafter  referred to as the  "Initial  Term"),  or until and unless
sooner  terminated  as provided  herein,  said  Initial  Term to commence on the
Commencement  Date and terminate at the close of the day preceding the thirtieth
(30th) month anniversary of the Commencement Date.

Extension Options Seven options of thirty months each.

         Tenant shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Initial
Term for an additional  term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred to as
the "First  Option  Term") to commence on the day next  following the end of the
Initial Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding the thirty (30) month
anniversary of the commencement of the First Option Term.

                                       5
<PAGE>
         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the First
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Second Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the First  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Second Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Second
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Third Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end of
the Second  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Third Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Third
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Fourth Option Term") to commence on the day next following the end of
the Third  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Fourth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the option,  at its  election,  to extend the Fourth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Fifth Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end of
the Fourth  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Fifth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Fifth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Sixth Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end of
the Fifth  Option Term and to end at the close of the day  preceding  the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Sixth Option Term.

         Tenant  shall have the  option,  at its  election,  to extend the Sixth
Option Term for an additional term of thirty (30) months  (hereinafter  referred
to as the "Seventh  Option Term") to commence on the day next  following the end
of the Sixth Option Term and to end at the close of the day preceding the thirty
month anniversary of the commencement of the Seventh Option Term.

                                       6
<PAGE>
2.3.2  Automatic  Exercise of Extension  Options.  The  extension  options shall
automatically  be deemed  exercised  unless  Tenant  notifies the  Landlord,  in
writing, of its intention not to so exercise an extension option, said notice to
be given  not less than 90 days from the end of the then  current  term.  Tenant
shall have no right to exercise future  extension  options if Tenant chooses not
to exercise an earlier  extension  option.  Any  extension  option  shall not be
automatically  deemed  exercised  if Tenant is notified in writing that it is in
material default or breach of any provisions of this lease.

2.3.3  Commencement  Date/Termination  Date. When the dates of the beginning and
end of the Initial Term  relative to the Leased  Premises  have been  determined
(hereinafter  referred to as the  Commencement  Date and the Termination  Date),
such dates shall be  evidenced  by a document in the form of Notice of Lease for
recording and executed by Landlord and Tenant and delivered each to the other.

2.3.4 First  Refusal/Initial  Option  Terms.  In the event Tenant  exercises its
rights of first  refusal as described in Section  10.12 below to rent more space
in the  Leased  Premises  the  rental of  additional  space  shall be for a term
coextant with the then current term and the exercise of any option term shall be
deemed to be for both the Leased Premises and the additional  space,  they being
considered as part of the initial  Leased  Premises for all purposes  under this
Lease.

2.3.5 Title  Warranty to Defend.  Landlord  represents and warrants that it owns
the Ground Area in fee simple free from all encumbrances  except those specified
in this Lease as noted on Exhibit A.  Landlord  will defend its title at its own
expense  and will not suffer  any liens to attach to the  Building  which  would
interfere with the Tenant's use hereof.

                            ARTICLE III Improvements

3.1 Performance of Work and Approval of Landlord's Work.  Landlord is delivering
the  Leased  Premises  to Tenant in as is  condition.  Landlord  represents  and
warrants  that the Building has been  constructed  in  compliance  with all laws
applicable at the time of construction,  including without  limitation the State

                                       7
<PAGE>

Building Code of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts  (hereinafter the "Code") and
the Zoning ByLaws of the Town of Dracut,  Massachusetts.  Upon  discovering that
the Building is not in  compliance  with the Code,  the Tenant shall give prompt
written  notice  thereof to Landlord,  specifying  the  noncompliance.  Landlord
agrees to repair and correct any such  noncompliance  within a reasonable period
of time. In the event that Landlord  fails to correct any  noncompliance  to the
Leased Premises  within a reasonable  period but in no event not less.than forty
five  days,  Tenant  may at its  option,  correct  said  noncompliance  and bill
Landlord its reasonable and direct costs of repair.

                                 ARTICLE IV Rent

4.1 The Rent.  Tenant  covenants  and agrees to pay rent, to Landlord or to such
agent as designated by Landlord, at Landlord's Original Address or to such other
address as Landlord may by notice in writing to Tenant from time to time direct,
The Landlord  directs that  payments be made to First  Lakeview  Avenue  Limited
Partnership at the following rates and times:      

         (a) Annual Fixed Rent.  For the first thirty (30) months of the Initial
Term as that term is defined  for each  portion of the  Leased  Premises  as set
forth in Article 2.3.1 above,  Annual Fixed Rent as follows:  (i) Interior Space
$59,064.00  annually,  $4,922.00  monthly,  payable in advance  beginning on the
Commencement Date (being pro-rated for any portion of a month) and being payable
on the first day of each  month  thereafter  during the term of this  Lease,  as
extended. (ii) Drive Up/and Parking Area $13,364.00 annually, $1,113.67 monthly,
payable in advance  beginning on the  Commencement  Date (being prorated for any
portion of a month) and being payable on the first day of each month  thereafter
during the term of this Lease, as extended.

         (b) Annual  Fixed Rent.  With respect to months 31 through 60 and every
succeeding  thirty months  during the Initial Term and all extension  options as
set forth in Article  2.3,  and 2.3.1,  Annual Fixed Rent during such period and
all extended terms,  for each portion of the Leased Premises shall be the sum of
(a) the Annual  Fixed Rent being paid during the  preceding  thirty month period
(whether  Initial Term or any one of the extended  terms) 

                                       8
<PAGE>

and (b) the  product of (i) the  Annual  Fixed  Rent  being  charged  during the
preceding  thirty month  period  multiplied  by (ii) the amount,  expressed as a
percentage equal to 50 per cent of the increase,  if any, in the index now known
as the Consumer's Price Index for All Urban Consumers, All Items, for the Boston
Area as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of
Labor ("CPI") for the thirty month period next preceding the commencement of the
current  extended term or the preceding thirty month period of the Initial Term.
The  Initial PPI shall be the PPI  published  on or most  recently  prior to the
Commencement  Date and the PPI utilized to calculate  the increase  shall be the
PPI  published  on or most  recently  prior to the  commencement  of the current
extended  term or the  preceding  thirty  month period of the Initial  Term.  If
publication  of the PPI  shall  be  discontinued,  the  Landlord  will  select a
reasonably comparable index for use thereafter and provide notice thereof to the
Tenant.  In no event will  Annual  Fixed Rent  during  the  Initial  Term or any
extended  term be less than the Annual  Fixed Rent during the  preceding  thirty
month period.

         In the event that Tenant or Tenant's corporate parent is the subject of
a change in control notice or merger or new bank holding company application the
effect of which would be to transfer  directly or indirectly  control of Tenant,
then the percentage  increase in PPI used in calculating  prospective changes in
subsequent lease extension payments shall be 100% instead of 50%.

         (c) Annual  Fixed Rent shall be payable in  advance,  in equal  monthly
installments  of  1/12th  of the  Annual  Fixed  Rent on the  first  day of each
calendar month from and after the Commencement Date.

         (d) Proration of Annual Fixed Rent for Partial  Months.  For any period
that the Tenant is in possession of the Leased Premises at the expiration of any
term, Annual Fixed Rent and, Additional Rent and shall be prorated on a per diem
basis for such period.

4.2 (a) Real Estate  Taxes.  Tenant  covenants  and agrees to pay, as Additional
Rent, with respect to each calendar or other tax year beginning or ending during
the term hereof,  an amount equal to 44.50 per cent the (Tenant's  Proportionate
Share),  being that portion of the real estate taxes and betterment  assessments
which may be  assessed,  as of the first day of each tax year  during this Lease
upon or payable for or in respect of the  Building and Real  Property,  which is

                                       9
<PAGE>
the result from  multiplying  the same by a fraction,  the numerator of which is
the number of square feet of area of the Leased  Premises  (the Leased  Premises
Square Footage as set forth in Article 1.1), and the  denominator of which shall
be the  total  leaseable  square  footage  of floor  area of the  Building  (the
Building Rentable Area as set forth in Article 1.1). Tenant's share of such real
estate  taxes shall be adjusted for and with respect to any partial tax years on
a per diem basis. The real estate taxes for any tax year shall mean such amounts
as shall be finally  determined to be the real estate taxes payable for said tax
year;  that is,  the  real  estate  taxes  assessed  for said tax year  less any
abatements, refunds or rebates made thereof.

         (b) Tenant shall pay Additional Rent  attributable to real estate taxes
within 30 days of Tenant's  receipt of a copy of the tax bill from the Landlord.
If Tenant does not pay the Additional Rent  attributable to real estate taxes on
time as set forth above, then Tenant shall be subject to provisions of paragraph
9.1 of this Lease.

         (c) If the  Landlord  does not give the Tenant  notice of its intent to
file for an abatement or if the Landlord  does not file for an  abatement,  then
Tenant  shall  have the  right to apply  at its  sole  cost and  expense  for an
abatement of real estate taxes assessed against the Building,  Real Property, at
any time and from time to time, in its own name or the name of the Landlord.  If
at least  thirty  (30) days  prior to the last day for  filing  application  for
abatement of real estate taxes for any tax year,  Landlord  shall give notice to
Tenant that it (Landlord)  desires to file an application  for abatement of real
estate taxes for said tax year and if within  twenty (20) days after the receipt
of said notice Tenant shall not give notice to Landlord  that it (Tenant)  shall
file  such  application,  Landlord  shall  have the  right,  at its own cost and
expense,  to file the same prior to the expiration of the time for filing at its
own cost and  expense.  In any  event,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if any
abatement of real estate taxes on the Building,  or Real  Property,  by whomever
prosecuted,  shall be obtained,  the cost and expense of obtaining the abatement
shall be a first  charge  upon the said  abatement.  If  Landlord  shall file an
application for abatement pursuant to this paragraph, Landlord will prosecute it
to final  determination with due diligence.  If Tenant shall file an application
for abatement for any tax year after having  received  notice from Landlord that
Landlord desires to file an application for abatement for said tax year,  Tenant
shall prosecute the same to final  determination  with due diligence.  If either
party shall prosecute an application for an abatement,  the other will cooperate
and furnish any pertinent  information in its files  reasonably  required by the
prosecuting party.

                                       10
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

         5.1 Landlord's Repair and Maintenance  Responsibilities/ Fire Insurance
with respect to the Building.

5.1.1 Repairs.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall
be  responsible  for the  maintenance  and/or  repair of (a) the exterior of the
Building  including the canopy and roof and structural  elements  (meaning those
portions of the Building used to support the  Building) of the Leased  Premises,
and the windows for the Leased  Premises on the first floor and the large window
for the Leased  Premises  which is two  stories  high and the  Building  and the
directory signs; (b) the driveways and parking lot including  plowing,  lighting
and landscaping;  (c.) plumbing,  utility, HVAC and/or electrical services to be
furnished  by Landlord  pursuant  to this Lease  excepting  such  repairs as are
necessitated  by  the  Tenant's   negligence  and  except  for  normal  plumbing
maintenance which shall be the responsibility of the Tenant.

5.1.2  Maintenance.  Landlord shall maintain the common areas of the Building in
good order and repair and shall  furnish  receptacles  for trash storage for the
Tenant, (ie, a dumpster) and shall provide regular trash removal to and from the
shopping center and daily cleaning of the common areas.

5.1.3 Snow Removal. Landlord shall remove snow and ice from the Common Areas and
with  respect to the parking lot shall have said area plowed and  accessible  to
Tenant's  employees,  customers  and  patrons  no later  than 7:30  a.m.  on all
business days.  Should  Landlord fail to perform the snow and ice removal Tenant
shall  have the  right to do the  same  and  bill  Landlord  for the cost of the
removal.  If Landlord  does not pay the bill  within  forty-five  days,  or send
notice to Tenant  that it, in good  faith,  contests  the  amount of such  bill,
Tenant may offset the amount of the bill from its next rental payment.

                                       11
<PAGE>
5.1.4 Parking Lot Maintenance. Landlord shall be responsible for maintaining the
parking lot and driveup lanes in good order which shall  include the  obligation
to clean and sweep the lot, sealing the parking surface at least once every five
years,   maintaining  lighting,   maintaining  visible  white  or  yellow  lines
designating  parking spaces,  painting the same at least once every three years,
maintenance of shrubberies,  holiday decorations and maintaining the parking lot
drainage system in good working order and repair.

5.1.5 Fire Insurance and Liability  Insurance.  Landlord  shall,  throughout the
term of this Lease, at its expense,  keep the Building  insured against all loss
or damage by fire with extended  coverage in such amount as any mortgagee(s) may
require but in no event less than the full replacement value of the Building. In
addition to and not in limitation of the provisions of Section  7.1.6,  Landlord
agrees to maintain  comprehensive  public  liability  insurance naming Tenant as
insured in an amount not less than  $500,000.00  with  respect  to  injuries  or
damages to any one person and not less than  $1,000,000 with respect to injuries
suffered  in any one  accident  and not less than  $1,000,000  with  respect  to
property  damageoccurring  upon,  in, or about  the  parking  lot which  forms a
portion of the Leased Premises.  All Liability  Insurance shall provide coverage
for all persons who enter the property including but not limited to the Landlord
and  the  Tenant,  their  employees,  agents,  contractors,  subcontractors  and
employees, and agents of contractors and subcontractors as well as customers and
invitees to the Leased Premises.

5.1.6 Tenant's  Obligation to Pay ProRata Share. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord
for a prorata  portion  which is agreed  to be 44.50% of the cost  described  in
Article V Sections 4.2.b.,  5.1.1(b)(c),  5.1.2, 5.1.3, 5.1.4 and 5.1.5, thereof
which is agreed to be based upon the area of the Leased  Premises  compared with
the total occupied building area of the Building.  Landlord shall furnish Tenant
with a  breakdown  of the costs and if Tenant  requests,  Tenant may inspect the
bills, invoices or other documents

5.2 Tenant's Repair and Maintenance Responsibilities.

                                       12
<PAGE>
5.2.1 Repairs.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall be
responsible for the maintenance and/or repair of (a) the leased Leased Premises,
including  the interior and exterior  thereof,  including  structural  elements,
plumbing,  utilities,  HVAC and/or electrical  services;(b) the drive up windows
exclusively  reserved for the use of the Tenant as an  appurtenant  right to the
Building   excepting  such  repairs  as  are   necessitated  by  the  Landlord's
negligence.

                       ARTICLE VI Utilities and Services .
                                                         .
6.1  Installation of Utilities and Services  Provided by Landlord.  Landlord has
provided as part of the original  installations  leading to the Leased  Premises
the necessary mains, conduits, facilities and fixtures in order that all utility
services required to satisfy Tenant's  specifications and requirements and shall
furnish access to the Tenant to the mains, conduits, facilities and fixtures for
the Tenant's use. The Tenant  acknowledges that said  installations  fulfill its
commercial  needs and accept same in as is  condiition  Landlord  will,  without
extra  charge,  except as  provided  below,  during the period the Tenant  shall
occupy  the  Leased  Premises  under the terms  hereof  and in  accordance  with
customary  standards for firstclass office buildings as established from time to
time by the National  Association of Building Owners and Managers,  furnish such
hot and cold running water as may be reasonably required for the comfortable use
and occupation thereof;  maintain and repair the structure,  exterior and Common
Areas of the  Building;  furnish  electricity  for  lighting  and lights for the
Common Areas but not for the Leased  Premises,  and remove snow from the parking
area and driveup lanes and from the access to the Building.

6.2  Utilities  and Charges  Therefor.  Tenant  shall  reimburse  Landlord for a
prorata portion of the cost of water/sewer,  gas,  electricity,  light, heat and
power, or other service used, rendered or supplied to or for the Common Areas of
the Building based upon the area of the Leased Premises  compared with the total
occupied  building area of the Building  which its prorata share is agreed to be
44.50%.  Tenant agrees to pay or cause to be paid directly to the provider of or
party charged with the  collection of all charges for water,  gas,  electricity,
light, heat, and power,  telephone,  or other service used, rendered or supplied
to or for the Tenant upon or in connection with the Leased  Premises  throughout
the term of this Lease,  and to indemnify  Landlord and save it harmless against
any  liability  or damages on such  account.  Landlord  has  installed  separate
utility meters  throughout the Building and shall,  in any lease or other rental
agreements for space within the Building,  require each tenant to be responsible

                                       13
<PAGE>
for the payment of all utility  charges  incurred  by it. It is  understood  and
agreed that,  notwithstanding  the fact that  Landlord  shall supply and furnish
such  utilities  to the Leased  Premises,  Landlord  shall not be liable for any
interruption  or  failure  in the  supply of any such  utilities  to the  Leased
Premises.  If a charge  shall be made from time to time by the public  authority
having  jurisdiction  of the Leased  Premises for the use of the sanitary  sewer
system,  Tenant shall pay its Proportionate  Share thereof.  Tenant shall pay to
Landlord,  as billed,  Tenant'a  Proportionate Share of water bills. In case any
such water  rates and sewer  charges are not paid by Tenant at the time when the
same are payable,  if to city officials,  Landlord may nevertheless pay the same
to such officials and charge Tenant the cost thereof,  which charge shall become
payable on the first day of the  following  month as  additional  rent.  For the
purposes  of this  Article,  Tenant's  Proportionate  Share shall mean of 44.50%
percent of the total common area building charges.

6.3 Tenant's  Obligation to Pay ProRata Share.  Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord
for a prorata  portion of the cost thereof  based upon the net rentable  area of
the Leased Premises compared with the Building rentable area which prorata share
is agreed to be 44.50 per cent.
                                   
                   ARTICLE VII Tenant's Additional Covenants
                                                        
7.1 Affirmative Covenants.  Tenant covenants at its expense, at all times during
the Lease Term and such further time as Tenant  occupies the Leased Premises and
Existing Building or any part thereof as follows:

7.1.1  Permitted  Uses. To use the leased Leased  Premises for banking  purposes
including all uses permitted for a federally insured bank or lending institution
and other  financial  service  business uses,  including  operation of automatic
teller machines,  as may be allowed banking  institutions by law and for general
professional office space.

                                       14
<PAGE>
7.1.2    Intentionally omitted.

7.1.3  Compliance  with Law.  To make all  repairs,  alterations,  additions  or
replacements to the Leased  Premises and  necessitated or required by any law or
ordinance or any order or regulation of any  governmental  authority  except for
environmental   and   Americans   for   Disabilty   Act   which   shall  be  the
responsibilities of landlord applicable on account of Tenant's use of the Leased
Premises  and  Existing  Building;  to keep the  Leased  Premises  and  Existing
Building equipped with all safety appliances so required because of such use; to
procure  any  licenses  and  permits  required  for  any  such  use;  to pay all
municipal,  county  or state  taxes  assessed  against  the  leasehold  interest
hereunder, or personal property of any kind owned by or placed in, upon or about
the Leased  Premises and the  Building by Tenant;  and to comply with the orders
and regulations of all  governmental  authorities,  except that Tenant may defer
compliance  so long  as the  validity  of any  such  law,  ordinance,  order  or
regulation  shall be contested by Tenant in good faith and by appropriate  legal
proceedings, if Tenant first gives Landlord written notice thereof. In the event
of such contest,  Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord from any
fines, penalties, or other liability arising therefrom. 7.1.4 Payment for Tenant
Work.  To pay  promptly  when  due the  entire  cost of any  work to the  Leased
Premises and undertaken by Tenant and to bond against or discharge any liens for
labor or materials within 10 days after written request by Landlord;  to procure
all necessary  permits before  undertaking such work; and to do all of such work
in a good and  workmanlike  manner,  employing  materials  of good  quality  and
complying with all governmental  requirements except as are the responsibilities
of landlord.

7.1.5 Liability Insurance.  To maintain with responsible  companies qualified to
do  business  in  Massachusetts  and in  good  standing  therein  and  workmen's
compensation  insurance with statutory limits covering all of Tenant's employees
working in the Leased Premises and Existing  Building,  and to deposit  promptly
with Landlord certificates for such insurance, and all renewals thereof, bearing
the  endorsement  that the policies  will not be cancelled  until after 10 days'
written notice to Landlord.  

         Tenant will maintain general  comprehensive  public liability insurance
with respect to the Leased Premises naming Landlord and Tenant as insureds on an

                                       15
<PAGE>
occurrence  basis, in amounts not less than $500,000 with respect to injuries or
damages to any one person and not less than  $1,000,000 with respect to injuries
suffered  in any one  accident,  and not less than  $1,000,000  with  respect to
property damage,  occurring upon, in or about the Leased Premises or arising out
of the Tenant's use of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the
policies of such insurance,  or certificates  thereof for the Existing Building,
for the Leased  Premises at least  fifteen  (15) days prior to the  Commencement
Date and for each renewal policy or certificate  thereof,  at least fifteen (15)
days prior to the  expiration  of the policy it renews.  Each such policy  shall
provide  that it may not be modified or  cancelled  without at least twenty (20)
days' written notice to Landlord.  All policies of insurance to be maintained by
Tenant  under this Lease  shall be written by  responsible  insurance  companies
authorized to do business in the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and shall name
Landlord and Tenant as insureds as their  respective  interests may appear.  All
Liability  Insurance  shall  provide  coverage  for all  persons  who  enter the
property including but not limited to Landlord and the Tenant,  their employees,
agents, contractors, subcontractors and employees, and agents of contractors and
subcontractors as well as customers and invitees to the Leased Premises.

7.1.6 Tenant Conformance to Property Insurance Requirements. Tenant shall not do
or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Leased  Premises or  elsewhere in
the Building,  or the Real Property which will invalidate or be in conflict with
the Massachusetts standard form of fire, boiler, water damage or other insurance
policies covering the Leased Premises,  Building, or Real Property, and will not
bring  or keep  anything  on the  Leased  Premises,  Existing  Building  or Real
Property which shall increase the rate of any such insurance  policy or obstruct
or  interfere  with the rights of other  tenants of the  Building  or in any way
injure or annoy them or those having business with them. Tenant shall comply, in
the  conduct  of its  business  and in the making of any  alterations,  with all
rules,  orders,   regulations  or  requirements  of  the  local  Board  of  Fire
Underwriters and the New England Fire Insurance Rating  Association or any other
body  having  a  similar  function  and  exercising  jurisdiction  over the Real
Property, the Leased Premises, the Building or the Existing Building.

                                       16
<PAGE>

7.1.7 Landlord's Right to Enter. Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the
Leased Premises or any part of either thereof, without charge, at all reasonable
times while the tenant is open for business  and, in case of  emergency,  at any
time, to examine,  inspect or protect the same,  to show the Leased  Premises to
prospective   purchasers  or  tenants,   to  make  or  facilitate  any  repairs,
alterations,  additions or improvements to the Leased Premises,  including,  but
without  limitation,  to install  and  maintain  in and  remove  from the Leased
Premises  and the  pipes,  wires and other  conduits,  and  Tenant  shall not be
entitled to any  abatement  or  reduction of rent or damages by reason of any of
the foregoing.  Except in case of emergency,  any such access shall be performed
in such a manner so as to interfere as little as  reasonably  possible  with the
operation of the business being  conducted in the Leased  Premises and only upon
reasonable  advance written notice. In cases where Landlord shall have the right
to enter the Leased  Premises and it is understood  that  Landlord  shall comply
with any  security  arrangements  established  from time to time by Tenant,  and
Tenant  agrees  that it will  always  provide  Landlord  entry  upon the  Leased
Premises and Existing Building upon reasonable notice, under general supervision
by an employee of Tenant and,  in case of  emergency,  immediate  entry into the
Leased Premises under such supervision.

7.1.8  Insurance of Tenant's  Personal  Property.  All personal  property of the
Tenant (including  furnishings,  fixtures and equipment) in the Leased Premises,
in the  Building  or  shall  be at the  risk of the  Tenant  and  Tenant  shall,
throughout  the Term of this Lease,  keep the same  insured  against all loss or
damage by fire or other casualty.  Landlord shall furnish and maintain  builders
risk  insurance  while  renovating and  remodeling  under  paragraph 2.3 of this
Lease.

7.1.9  Yield Up of the Leased  Premises.  At the  Termination  Date of the Lease
Term,  and on on surrender,  Tenant shall remove from the Leased  Premises,  its
personal  property,  trade fixtures and repair any damage to the Leased Premises
caused by the removal.  Any items not removed by Tenant as required above, shall
be  considered  abandoned.  Landlord may dispose of abandoned  items as Landlord
chooses.  The Landlord shall bill the Tenant for its reasonable and direct costs
of removal and repair. The vault shall not be removed and if removed, the Tenant
shall not be billed for its removal or for any repair caused by its removal. The
Tenant  shall not be  responsible  for  Landlord's  removal of  wallspermanently
installed or built into the Leased Premises by Tenant. It is understood that all
personal  property and trade fixtures  brought onto the Leased Premises or which
are on the Leased  Premises  and which were  acquired  from the  Landlord as set

                                       17
<PAGE>
forth in  Exhibit C of this  Lease by the  Tenant  even if affixed to the Leased
Premises,  including but not limited to vault components,  security systems, ATM
machines, night deposit systems,  driveup teller components,  teller counter and
undercounter equipment furniture,  furnishings and the like, shall be considered
personal  property for which the Tenant shall have the absolute  right to remove
same, subject to its obligations to repair set forth in this paragraph. Prior to
the commencement date the Landlord and the holder of all mortgages shall execute
a  landlord's  waiver  acknowledging  and  consenting  to the  contents  of this
paragraph.

7.2 Negative Covenants.  Tenant covenants at all times during the Lease Term and
Extended  Term and such further time as Tenant  occupies the Leased  Premises or
the Existing Building or any part of either thereof as follows:

7.2.1 Assignment,  Subletting,  Etc. Tenant shall have absolute and unrestricted
right to assign, transfer,  encumber,  mortgage or pledge this Lease in whole or
in part all or any part of the Leased Premises,  so long as each such assignment
or transfer  shall be for a Permitted Use and shall be expressly  subject to and
subordinate to the terms,  provisions and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall
have the right with  Landlord's  consent,  such  consent not to be  unreasonably
withheld, to enter into subleases, for all or any portion of the Leased Premises
on terms and  conditions to be  negotiated by the Tenant above,  so long as each
such sublease shall be for a Permitted Use and shall be expressly subject to and
subordinate to the terms,  provisions and conditions of this Lease.  However, in
no case shall the Tenant be relieved of any liability under this Lease by virtue
of any assignment, transfer, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge or sublease.

7.2.2 Overloading,  Nuisance, Etc. Not to injure, overload,  deface or otherwise
harm the Leased  Premises;  nor suffer any waste;  nor commit any nuisance;  nor
permit the emission of any  objectionable  noise or odor;  nor burn any trash or
refuse within the  Building,  nor make any use of the Leased  Premises  which is
improper, offensive or contrary to any law or ordinance or which will invalidate

                                       18
<PAGE>
or increase the cost of any of  Landlord's  insurance;  nor use any  advertising
medium that may constitute a nuisance,  such as loudspeakers,  sound amplifiers,
phonographs  or radio or  television  broadcasts in a manner to be heard outside
the Leased Premises;  nor sell or display merchandise on, or store or dispose of
trash or refuse, on, or otherwise obstruct, the driveways, walks, malls, parking
areas and other common  areas in the  Building  except that four times a year of
each year of the term as  extended  the  Landlord  shall be  allowed  to use the
sidewalks  and  portions of the parking area for a  promotional  cookout or like
event  and  to use  in  connection  therewith  loudspeakers,  sound  amplifiers,
phonographs  or radio or  television  broadcasts in a manner to be heard outside
the Leased Premises;  ; nor park trucks or delivery  vehicles outside the Leased
Premises so as to interfere  unreasonably with the use of any driveways,  walks,
malls or parking areas.

7.2.3 Installation, Alteration or Additions. Not to make any structural repairs,
installations,   alterations,   improvements,  or  additions  (except  only  the
installation of office furniture  dividers,  partitions,  drapery and rugs or of
fixtures  necessary for the conduct of its  business),  without on each occasion
obtaining  prior  written  consent  of  Landlord  which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonable   withheld  or  delayed,  and  then  only  pursuant  to  plans  and
specifications approved by Landlord in advance in each instance,  which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

         All  such  repairs,   alterations,   installations,   improvements  and
additions  shall become the property of the  Landlord,  provided,  however,  all
articles of personal  property  including  office systems,  checkwriting  desks,
Sunar  Hauserman  wall  systems and the like,  and all  business  machinery  and
equipment and  appurtenances  thereto and furniture owned or placed by Tenant in
the Leased  Premises or Building  shall remain the property of Tenant and may be
removed by Tenant at any time,  provided  that  Tenant,  at its  expense,  shall
repair to the  reasonable  satisfaction  of  Landlord  any  damage to the Leased
Premises or Building caused by such removal.  Any items not removed by Tenant as
required above, shall be considered abandoned. Landlord may dispose of abandoned

                                       19
<PAGE>
items as Landlord chooses. The Landlord shall bill the Tenant for its reasonable
and direct  costs of removal and  repair.  The vault shall not be removed and if
removed, the Tenant shall not be billed for its removal or for any repair caused
by its removal.  The Tenant shall not be responsible  for Landlord's  removal of
walls affixed to the Building by the Tenant permanently  installed or built into
the Leased Premises by the Tenant.

         Tenant will procure all  necessary  permits  before making any repairs,
installations, alterations, additions, improvements or removals. Landlord agrees
that it will cooperate with Tenant in obtaining such permits. Tenant agrees that
all repairs, installations, alterations, improvements and removals done by it or
anyone  claiming under it shall be done in a good and workmanlike  manner,  that
the same shall be done in conformity  with all laws,  ordinances and regulations
of all public authorities and all insurance  inspection or rating bureaus having
jurisdiction, that the structure of the Leased Premises, or Building will not be
endangered  or impaired and that Tenant will repair any and all damage caused by
or  resulting  from  any such  repairs  installations,  alterations,  additions,
improvements  or removals,  including,  but without  limitation,  the filling of
holes.  Tenant  agrees  to pay  promptly  when due all  charges  for  labor  and
materials in connection  with any work done by Tenant or anyone  claiming  under
Tenant upon the Leased Premises,  or Building so that the Leased  Premises,  and
Building  shall at all times be free of liens.  Tenant  agrees to save  Landlord
harmless from, and indemnify  Landlord  against,  any and all claims for injury,
loss or damage to person or property  caused by or  resulting  from the doing of
any such work.
                         ARTICLE VIII Casualty or Taking

8.1  Landlord  to Repair or  Rebuild.  In case the Leased  Premises  or any part
thereof shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other  casualty,  or ordered to
be demolished by the action of any public  authority in consequence of a fire or
other casualty,  or taken by any exercise of the right of eminent  domain,  this
Lease shall, unless it is terminated as provided below in Article 8.2 or Article
8.3,  remain  in full  force  and  effect  and  Landlord  shall at its  expense,
proceeding with all reasonable dispatch,  repair or rebuild the Leased Premises,
or what may  remain  thereof,  so as to  restore  them (not  including  Tenant's
fixtures,  furniture,  furnishings,  floor coverings and equipment) as nearly as
practicable  to the  condition  they were in  immediately  prior to such damage,

                                       20
<PAGE>

destruction,  or taking,  but  Landlord  shall not be required to expend in such
repair or rebuilding more than the proceeds of insurance or award of damages, if
any,  recovered  or  recoverable  with respect to such  damage,  destruction  or
taking, less Landlord's reasonable expenses incurred in collecting such proceeds
or  award,  as the  case  may be.  If the  Landlord's  restoration  has not been
completed  within one hundred  eighty (180 ) days from the date of the casualty,
Tenant  shall  have the right to  terminate  this  Lease in the manner set forth
below in Article 8.2.

8.2 Right to Terminate  in Event of Casualty.  In case the Building in which the
Leased  Premises  are  situated  is  destroyed  or so  damaged  by fire or other
casualty insured under any fire and extended  coverage  insurance policy carried
by Landlord so as to render the Leased Premises untenantable; then in such case,
Tenant may at its election, exercisable by written notice, given to Landlord 180
days after such destruction or damage, and If the Landlord's restoration has not
been  completed  within  one  hundred  eighty  (180 ) days  from the date of the
casualty,  terminate  this  Lease as of the date  designated  by  Tenant in such
notice,  which  designated  date shall be not less than 15 days nor more than 30
days after the date of such notice.

8.3  Termination  in Event of Taking.  If all the Leased  Premises  are taken by
eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate when Tenant is required to vacate the
Leased Premises. If by a taking the floor area of the Leased Premises is reduced
by more than 20 percent  thereof,  this Lease may at the option of the Tenant be
terminated,as  of the date when  Tenant is required to vacate the portion of the
Leased  Premises so taken, by written notice given to the Landlord not more than
thirty  (30)  days  after the date on which the  Tenant  receives  notice of the
taking.  Floor area shall not  include  the loss of more than 25% of the parking
area and parking  spaces and  material  reduction  in the traffic  flow area for
access to the drive up facility.

8.3.1  Restoration.  In the event of a  casualty  or taking  and so long as this
Lease does not terminate as aforesaid, Landlord shall, within a reasonable time,
restore  what may  remain  of the  Leased  Premises  to  substantially  the same
condition  they were in prior  thereto,  subject to reduction  in size  thereof,
consistent,  however,  with zoning laws and building codes then in existence.  A
just proportion of the all rent payments,  according to the nature and extent of
the injury to the Leased Premises,  shall be abated until what may remain of the

                                       21
<PAGE>
Leased Premises shall be restored as aforesaid.  Tenant shall at its own expense
proceed  with all  reasonable  dispatch,  and in any event less than one hundred
(120) days after  Landlord's  restoration  shall have been completed,  repair or
replace  such of its  fixtures,  furniture,  furnishings,  floor  coverings  and
equipment as may be required as a result of such damage, destruction or taking.

8.4 Landlord Reserves Award.  Landlord reserves and excepts all rights to awards
for damages to the Leased  Premises or Building and the leasehold  estate hereby
created now accrued or hereafter accruing (not including awards for damages,  to
Tenant's  trade  fixtures,  interior  partitions  installed  by Tenant and other
installations made by Tenant which Tenant is entitled to remove upon termination
of this Lease) by reason of any exercise of the right of eminent  domain,  or by
reason of anything  lawfully done in pursuance of any public or other authority;
and by way of confirmation Tenant grants to Landlord all Tenant's rights to such
awards  and  covenants  to execute  and  deliver  such  further  instruments  of
assignment  thereof as  Landlord  may from time to time  request.  It is further
agreed and  understood,  however,  that  Landlord does not reserve to itself and
Tenant does not assign to Landlord, any damages payable for any special fixtures
installed  by  Tenant  at its own cost and  expense,  or any  damages  which are
considered "special damages" to Tenant,  including without limitation any moving
or relocation  expenses the Tenant may be entitled to by law or damages  arising
from the Tenant's loss of its leasehold interest.  8.5 Abatement of Rent. In the
event of any casualty or taking,  a just proportion of the all the rent payments
(as  defined in Article  4.1)  payable  hereunder,  according  to the nature and
extent of the injury,  shall be abated until completion of repairs or rebuilding
or  termination  of this Lease,  as the case may be; and in the case of a taking
which permanently reduces the area of the Leased Premises, a just proportion The
Rent (as defined in Article 4.1) shall be abated for the  remainder of the Lease
Term or Extended Term, as the case may be.

                               ARTICLE IX Defaults

9.1 Events of Default.  If Tenant  shall  default in  performance  of any of its
obligations to pay rent,  Annual Fixed Rent,  Common Area Rental Charges and Tax
Reimbursements,  hereunder,  and if such default shall continue for fifteen days
after written notice from Landlord then, and in any such case, Landlord lawfully
may, in addition to and not in  derogation  of any  remedies  for any  preceding

                                       22
<PAGE>
breach of covenant, mail a notice of termination addressed to Tenant at Tenant's
Original  Address as  specified in Article  1.1,  and  repossess  the same as of
Landlord's  former estate and expel Tenant and those  claiming  through or under
Tenant  without  prejudice  to any  remedies  which might  otherwise be used for
arrears of rent or preceding breach of covenant,  and upon such entry or mailing
as aforesaid this Lease shall terminate.       

         If within  thirty days after  written  notice  from  Landlord to Tenant
specifying any other default or defaults, Tenant has not commenced diligently to
correct the default or defaults so  specified or has not  thereafter  diligently
pursued such correction to completion,  in either case subject to the provisions
of Article 10.6, then, and in any such case,  Landlord lawfully may, in addition
to and not in derogation  of any remedies for any preceding  breach of covenant,
or mail a notice of termination addressed to Tenant at Tenant's Original Address
as  specified in Article 1.1, and  repossess  the same as of  Landlord's  former
estate and expel  Tenant and those  claiming  through  or under  Tenant  without
prejudice to any remedies  which might  otherwise be used for arrears of rent or
preceding  breach of covenant,  and upon such entry or mailing as aforesaid this
Lease shall terminate.  There shall be due to Landlord a late charge for failure
of Tenant to pay rent,  annual  fixed rent,  common area rental  charges and tax
reimbursement at the rate of 7% computed until the date the default is cured and
commencing on the date the payment is due.

9.2  Remedies.  In the event  that  this  Lease is  terminated  under any of the
provisions  contained in Article 9.1 or shall be otherwise terminated for breach
of any obligation of Tenant,  Tenant covenants to pay punctually to Landlord all
sums and perform all the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay
and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as
if this Lease had not been terminated.  In calculating the amounts to be paid by
Tenant under the next  foregoing  covenant,  Tenant  shall be credited  with any
amount  paid to Landlord  as net  proceeds  of any rent  obtained by Landlord by
reletting  the Leased  Premises,  after  deducting  all  Landlord's  expenses in
connection with such reletting,  including, without limitation, all repossession
costs, brokerage commissions,  fees for legal services and expenses of repairing
the Leased Premises for such reletting,  it being agreed by Tenant that Landlord
may but is not  obligated to (i) relet the Leased  Premises or any part or parts

                                       23
<PAGE>

thereof,  for a term or terms which may, at  Landlord's  option,  be equal to or
less than or exceed  the period  which  would  otherwise  have  constituted  the
balance of the Lease Term, and (ii) make such removals and repairs in the Leased
Premises as Landlord in its reasonable judgment considers advisable or necessary
to relet the same, and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing or
failure to relet or to  collect  rent under any  reletting  shall  operate or be
construed,  to the extent  permitted  by law, to release or reduce the  Tenant's
liability as aforesaid.

         Nothing contained in this Lease shall, however,  limit or prejudice the
right of  Landlord  to prove for and obtain in  proceedings  for  bankruptcy  or
insolvency by reason of the  termination  of this Lease,  an amount equal to the
maximum  allowed by any  statute or rule of law in effect at the time when,  and
governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not
the amount be greater,  equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages
referred to above. 9.3 Remedies  Cumulative.  The specific rights or remedies to
which Landlord or Tenant may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative
and are not intended to be  exclusive of any other  remedies or means of redress
to which Landlord or Tenant,  as the case may be, may be lawfully entitled to in
case of any breach or threatened  breach by either of them of any  provisions of
this  Lease.  No  mention in this Lease of any  specific  right or remedy  shall
preclude  either party from  exercising any other right or from having any other
remedy  or from  maintaining  any  other  action  to which it may  otherwise  be
entitled either at law or equity.

9.4 Landlord's Right to Cure Defaults.  Landlord may, but shall not be obligated
to, cure, at any time,  following  thirty days' prior written  notice to Tenant,
except in cases of emergency  when no notice  shall be required,  any default by
Tenant under this Lease; and whenever Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses
incurred by Landlord,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, in curing a default
shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

9.5 Effect of Waivers of Default.  The failure of either  party to seek  redress
for  violation of, or to insist upon the strict and literal  performance  of any
term,  covenant or condition of this Lease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such
violation or a relinquishment for the future of such covenant,  right or option,
nor  prevent a  subsequent  act,  which  would  have  originally  constituted  a

                                       24
<PAGE>

violation,  from having all the force and effect of an original  violation,  but
the same shall remain in full force and effect. The receipt by Landlord of rent,
with or without  knowledge  of the  breach of any term,  covenant  or  condition
hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.  No provisions of this Lease
shall be deemed to have been  waived by either  party  unless  such waiver be in
writing.

9.6 Landlord's  Default.  Except for breach by Landlord of the covenant of quiet
enjoyment,  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the  performance of
any  of  its  obligations  hereunder  unless  it  shall  fail  to  perform  such
obligations  and such  failure  shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days
after written notice has been given by Tenant to Landlord  specifying the nature
of  Landlord's  default.  In the event of any such  default  which  prevents the
Tenant or its subtenant(s) from conducting their usual business, if Landlord has
not  commenced  to cure any such  default  on or before the  expiration  of said
thirty (30) days, Tenant may elect either:  (a) to terminate this Lease entirely
or as to any  portion of the Leased  Premises  affected by the default by giving
written notice thereof to Landlord, whereupon this Lease shall be terminated for
those  portions  of  the  Leased  Premises  specified  in  the  notice  and  the
obligations  of  Tenant  hereunder  shall  thereupon  cease or (b) may cure such
defaults at the Landlord's expense.

                       ARTICLE X Miscellaneous Provisions

10.1 Notice from One Party to the Other.  Any notice from  Landlord to Tenant or
from Tenant to Landlord  shall be deemed duly served if mailed by  registered or
certified mail addressed, if to Tenant, at the Tenant's Original Address or such
other  address  as Tenant  shall  have last  designated  by notice in writing to
Landlord and, if to Landlord,  at the Landlord's  Original Address or such other
address as Landlord shall have last designated by notice in writing to Tenant.

10.2 Quiet  Enioyment.  Landlord  covenants and agrees that upon Tenant's paying
the Annual  Fixed Rent,  Additional  Rent and Common Area  Rental  Charges,  and
performing and observing the agreements,  conditions and other provisions on its
part to be performed  and  observed,  Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly
have,  hold and enjoy the Leased  Premises  during the Lease  Term  without  any
manner of  hindrance  or  molestation  from  Landlord or anyone  claiming  under
Landlord, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease and to any mortgage which
may be superior to this Lease.
                                       25
<PAGE>

10.3 Notice of Lease Lease not to be  Recorded.  Both  parties  shall,  upon the
request of either,  execute,  acknowledge and deliver a notice of this Lease, in
recordable  form,  setting  forth,  inter  alia  the  Commencement  Date and the
Termination Date for the Leased Premises. If this Lease is terminated before the
Term expires under the terms hereof, the parties shall execute,  acknowledge and
deliver and record an instrument  acknowledging such fact and the actual date of
termination of this Lease.

10.4 Limitation of Landlord's Liability/Joint and Several Liability. No owner of
the Leased  Premises  shall be liable  under this Lease  except for  breaches of
Landlord's  obligations  occurring while owner of the Leased  Premises,  and, if
Landlord is a trust,  Landlord's obligations hereunder shall not be binding upon
the  Trustees  of  said  Trust   individually   nor  upon  the  shareholders  or
beneficiaries  of said Trust,  but only upon the  Trustees as trustees  and upon
their trust  estate.  In the event that two or more  individuals,  corporations,
partnerships or other business  associations  (or any combination of two or more
thereof) shall sign this Lease as Tenant, the liability of each such individual,
corporation,  partnership or other business  association to pay rent and perform
all other obligations  hereunder shall be deemed to be joint and several. In the
event  that the  Tenant  named in this  Lease  shall be a  partnership  or other
business  association  the members of which are, by virtue of statute or general
law not subject to personal  liability then, and in such event, the liability of
each such member  shall be deemed to be joint and several  notwithstanding  such
statute or general law.  

10.5 Acts of God. In any case where  either  party  hereto is required to do any
act, delays caused by or resulting from Acts of God, war, civil commotion,  fire
or  other  casualty,  labor  difficulties,  shortages  of  labor,  materials  or
equipment,  government  regulations  or other causes,  to the extent that any of
which are  beyond  such  party's  reasonable  control,  shall not be  counted in
determining the time during which work shall be completed,  whether such time be
designated  by a fixed date,  a fixed time or 'a  reasonable  time."  "Financial
inability" is expressly excluded as a cause for such delay in performance.

10.6 Waiver of  Subrogation.  The Landlord  hereby  releases the Tenant,  to the
extent of the Landlord's insurance coverage,  from any and all liability for any
loss or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage  casualties or any
other  casualty  insured  against,  even if such fire or other casualty shall be
brought about by the fault or negligence of the Tenant or its agents,  provided,
however,  this  release  shall be in full force and effect only with  respect to

                                       26
<PAGE>

loss or damage  occurring during such time as the Landlord's  policies  covering
such loss or amage shall  contain a clause to the effect that this release shall
not affect said policies or the right of the Landlord to recover thereunder. The
Landlord agrees that its fire and other casualty insurance policies will include
such a clause so long as the same is includable  without extra cost, or if extra
cost is  chargeable  therefor,  so long as the Tenant pays such extra  cost.  If
extra cost is chargeable  therefor,  the Landlord will advise the Tenant thereof
and of the amount  thereof.  The Tenant at its  election  may pay the same,  but
shall not be obligated to do so.

         The Tenant  hereby  releases the Landlord to the extent of the Tenant's
insurance coverage,  from any and all liability for any loss or damage caused by
fire or other  casualty  insured  against,  even if such fire or other  casualty
shall be brought about by the fault or negligence of the Landlord or its agents,
provided,  however,  this release shall be in force and effect only with respect
to loss or damage occurring during such time as the Tenant's  policies  covering
such loss or damage shall contain a clause to the effect that this release shall
not  affect  said  policies  or the right of Tenant to recover  thereunder.  The
Tenant agrees that its fire and other casualty  insurance  policies will include
such a clause so long as same is includable without extra cost, or if extra cost
is chargeable  therefor,  so long as the Landlord pays such extra cost. If extra
cost is chargeable therefor,  the Tenant will advise the Landlord thereof and of
the amount  thereof.  The Landlord at its election,  may pay the same, but shall
not be obligated to do so.

         Each party hereby waives all rights of recovery  against the other. for
loss or injury  against  which  the  waiving  party is  protected  by  insurance
containing said provisions,  reserving,  however, any rights with respect to any
excess of loss of injury over the amount  recovered by such  insurance.  Neither
party  shall  acquire as insured  under any  insurance  carried by the other any
right to participate in the adjustment of loss or to receive insurance  proceeds
and agrees upon  request  promptly to endorse and deliver to the other party any
checks or other instruments in payment of loss in which it is named a payee.

                                       27
<PAGE>
10.7 Status Certificate. Each party agrees from time to time, upon not less than
fifteen (15) days prior written request, to execute,  acknowledge and deliver to
each other a statement in writing  certifying  that this Lease is unmodified and
in  full  force  and  effect  and  that  Tenant  has  no  defenses,  offsets  or
counterclaims  against its obligations to pay the Annual Fixed Rent, Common Area
Rental Charges,  Ground Rent,  Additional Rent and Additional  Ground Area Rent,
and any other  charges and to perform its other  covenants  under this Lease and
that there are no uncured  defaults of Landlord or Tenant  under this Lease (or,
if there have been any  modifications  that the same is in full force and effect
as  odified  and  stating  the  modifications  and,  if there are any  defenses,
offsets,  counterclaims,  or defaults, setting them forth in reasonable detail),
and the dates to which the Annual  Fixed  Rent,  Cormnon  Area  Rental  Charges,
Ground Rent,  Additional  Rent and Additional  Ground Rent and any other charges
have been paid. Any such statement  delivered  pursuant to this Article 10.7 may
be relied upon by any  prospective  purchaser  or  prospective  Mortgagee of the
Leased  Premises  or of the  Building  or any  prospective  assignee of any such
Mortgage.  

10.8 Rights of Mortgagee and  Subordination  

10.8.1 Unless  Landlord  exercises the option set forth in Article 10.8.2 below,
this Lease shall be superior to and shall not be subordinated to any mortgage or
other voluntary lien or other encumbrance on the Leased Premises,  Real Property
or the Building,  hereinafter in this Article 10.8 referred to as "the mortgaged
Leased Premises." No holder of a mortgage shall be liable either as mortgagee or
as assignee,  to perform,  or be liable in damages for failure to perfor many of
the  obligations of Landlord  unless and until such holder shall have entered as
mortgagee in possession  or until such holder shall have  acquired  indefeasible
title to the Real  Property  and the  Building and then only subject to and with
the benefit of the provisions of Article 10.5. No Annual Fixed Rent, Common Area
Rental Charges,  Additional Rent or any other charge shall be paid more than ten
days prior to the due dates  thereof  and  payments  made in  violation  of this
provision  shall (except to the extent that such payments are actually  received
by a mortgagee in possession or in the process of foreclosing its mortgage) be a
nullity as against such  mortgagee  and Tenant shall be liable for the amount of
such payments to such mortgagee.  The covenants and agreements contained in this
Lease  with  respect  to  the  rights,   powers  and  benefits  of  a  mortgagee

                                       28
<PAGE>

(particularly,   without  limitation  thereby,   the  covenants  and  agreements
contained in this Article (10.8.1)  constitute a continuing offer to any person,
corporation  or other entity  becoming the  mortgagee  of the  mortgaged  Leased
Premises,  and such mortgagee is hereby  constituted an obligee of Tenant to the
same extent as though its name was written  hereon as such;  and such  mortgagee
shall be entitled to enforce such  provisions in its own name.  Tenant agrees on
request of Landlord to execute and deliver from time to time any agreement which
may be necessary to implement the provisions of this Article 10.8.1.

10.8.2 Tenant agrees at the request of Landlord to subordinate this Lease to any
mortgage placed upon the mortgaged  Leased  Premises by Landlord,  provided that
the holder of such mortgage  enters into an agreement  with Tenant  binding upon
the  successors  and assigns of the  parties  thereto by the terms of which such
holder  agrees not to disturb the  possession  and other  rights of Tenant under
this Lease including all rights of first refusal so long as  Tenantcontinues  to
perform its  obligations  hereunder and in the event of  acquisition of title by
said holder through  foreclosure  proceedings or otherwise,  to accept Tenant as
tenant of the Leased  Premises  under the terms and  conditions  hereunder or to
sell said Leased Premises and/or the Building  subject to this Lease, and Tenant
agrees to  recognize  such  holder or any other  person  acquiring  title to the
Leased  Premises as Landlord.  Tenant and Landlord  agree to execute and deliver
any  appropriate  instruments  necessary  to carry  out the  agreements  in this
Article  10.8  contained.  Any  such  mortgage  to  which  this  Lease  shall be
subordinated may contain such terms,  provisions and conditions as the mortgagee
deems usual or customary.

10.9 No Accord and Satisfaction.  No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than
the Annual Fixed Rent,  Common Area Rental Charge,  Additional Rent or any other
charge  then due shall be deemed to be other  than on  account  of the  earliest
installment  of such rent or charge due, nor shall any  endorsement or statement
on this Lease is capable of two  constructions,  one of which  would  render the
provision void and the other of which would render the provision valid, then the
provision shall have the meaning which renders it valid.

10.10 Parking.  As of the commencement date and during the remainder of the term
hereof,  Landlord  shall provide at least 50 unreserved  parking  spaces for the
Building  and will not reserve any parking  spaces in the front of the  Building
for Tenant, or any other tenant in the Building.  In addition,  Tenant agrees to
cause its  employees  to park only in the spaces  designated  in the rear of the
Building. Landlord agrees that it will, in its leases of the Building with other

                                       29
<PAGE>

tenants,  include a provision  requiring  their employees to park in the parking
spaces in the rear of the Building.  At the option of the Tenant 15 spaces shall
be  reserved  for the  exclusive  use of the  customers  of the Tenant and to be
located in front of the Leased  Premises.  In addition the Landlord  agrees that
Tenant shall,  during the term hereof,  with others, have the nonexclusive right
to use the parking  facilities of ground area for the  accommodation and parking
of such  automobiles  of Tenant,  its officers,  agents and  employees,  and its
customers. All parking area shall be designated on Exhibit A attached hereto. At
no time may the parking  spaces be reduced below that which is presenly  located
on the area designated on Exhibit A, except as provided for in Section 8.3.

10.11 Right of First  Refusal  Purchase.  If at any time during any term of this
lease,  Landlord shall receive and be willing to accept the bone fide offer from
a third party to purchase the shopping center or if Landlord shall offer to sell
the  property  to any  third  party,  Landlord  shall,  if  there is no event of
default,  promptly  transmit to Tenant its offer to sell the  property to Tenant
upon same  terms  and  conditions  as those  offered  by or to the third  party,
together  with a true copy of such  original  offer.  If Tenant shall not accept
such offer within fortyfive (45) days after it is made,  Landlord may, after the
expiration  of such  fortyfive  (45) day period,  sell such  interest to a third
party upon  terms and  conditions  as those  offered  to the  Tenant.  If Tenant
accepts such offer by notice to Landlord  within the time  permitted,  the offer
and  acceptance  shall  constitute  a contract  for the sale by Landlord and the
purchase by Tenant of the  property  at a closing to be held within  thirty (30)
days following the receipt by Landlord by Tenants  notice of acceptance.  On the
date of such  purchase,  the  Landlord  shall  convey  the  Leased  Premises  in
consideration of the payment of the purchase price. by quitclaim deed, conveying
good clear record and marketable  title to the Leased Premises free of all liens
and encumbrances  except this lease and except for easements and restrictions of
record which are listed on Exhibit D attached  hereto.  The Landlord may use the
purchase  price to pay off  mortgage  liens and like  encumbrances.  If Landlord
shall be unable to give title,  the  Landlord  shall use  reasonable  efforts to
remove such defects in title. All remaining conditions of sale shall be as found
in the current Greater Boston Real Estate Board form purchase and sale agreement
as reasonably adjusted for this transaction.

                                       30
<PAGE>

10.12.  Right of First  Refusal  Adjacent  Property  Lease.  (a.) If at any time
during any term of this  lease,  the  Landlord  shall  receive and be willing to
accept  the bona fide offer from a third  party to lease any other  building  or
portion of a building located in the shopping center, or if Landlord shall offer
to lease the property to any third party,  Landlord  shall, if there is no event
of  default,  promptly  transmit  to Tenant its offer to lease the  property  to
Tenant  upon terms and  conditions  as those  offered by or to the third  party,
together  with a true copy of such  original  offer.  If Tenant shall not accept
such offer within  thirty (30) days after it is made,  Landlord  may,  after the
expiration  such thirty (30) day  period,  lease such  interest to a third party
upon terms and conditions as those offered to the Tenant. If Tenant accepts such
offer by notice to Landlord within the time permitted,  the offer and acceptance
shall  constitute a contract for lease by Landlord and by Tenant of the property
to be  executed  within  thirty (30) days  following  the receipt by Landlord by
Tenants notice of acceptance.  On the date of such leasing, Landlord shall lease
the Leased Premises free of all tenants and occupants. . The Landlord shall have
a continuing obligation to offer the same for lease to the Tenant throughout any
term of this lease before it enters into a lease for same with any other person.

10.13    Intentionally Omitted.

10.14  Signage.  Tenant  shall be allowed to  maintain  and erect all signage it
deems to be  necessary.  The  nature and  location  of any sign to be erected by
Tenant  shall  be  subject  to  consent  of  the  Landlord  which  shall  not be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  The  Landlord  shall  install and maintain a
building  directory  sign in the main lobby of the  building.  Tenant  agrees to
obtain any necessary  municipal permits for the erection and maintenance of such
signage and to pay the cost  thereof.  In the event the sign is in  violation of
any town of  governmental  ordinance,  Tenant  shall  immediately  correct  such
violation  at its own cost and  expense  and  indemnify  Landlord  for any cost,
penalty, loss or damage incurred by Landlord as a result of said sign(s).

10.15  Satellite  Dish.  Tenant  shall be  allowed  to  install  and  maintain a
satellite  dish  and  antenna  on  the  roof  of  the  Building.  All  costs  of
installation  and  maintenance  shall be borne by the Tenant.  The  installation
shall be made so as not to damage the Building or Building systems. Tenant shall
indemnify  Landlord  for any and all damages  caused to the building or building
systems by the dish or antenna or the maintenance thereof.

                                       31
<PAGE>

11.0.  Lease as Entire  Agreement.  This  Lease  contains  the  entire  and only
agreement  between  the  parties  and all prior  negotiations,  representations,
statements,  warranties,  understandings  and agreements whether written or oral
with respect to the Leased  Premises,  the  Building,  the Real Property or this
Lease  are  merged  in this  Lease  and any  such  statements,  representations,
warranties,  understandings or agreements, whether oral or written, not referred
to or contained in this Lease shall have no force or effect. Tenant acknowledges
that all representations, statements, warranties, agreements, and understandings
upon which Tenant relied in executing  this Lease are contained  herein and that
Tenant in no way relied upon any other representations,  statements, warranties,
agreements,  or  understandings  whether written or oral.. This Lease may not be
changed,  modified or discharged in any way, and no executory agreement shall be
effective to change, modify or discharge, in whole or in part, this Lease or any
obligations  under this Lease,  unless such  agreement is set forth in a written
instrument signed by the parties.

12.0.  Captions.  All headings used herein are for  convenience  only and do not
constitute a part of this Lease and in no way do they limit or amplify the terms
and provisions of this Lease.

13.01 Tenant's  Contingency.  The Tenant's obligations under this lease shall be
contingent  upon its obtaining all approvals from the  Commissioner  of Banks of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation
so as to enable the Tenant to  operate a branch of a  commercial  bank and trust
company  in and upon the  Leased  Premises.  The  Tenant  agrees to make all the
necessary  applications  as soon as this lease is executed  and to proceed  with
such  application in a good faith manner.  If such approvals are not obtained by
September 1, 1997,  Landlord at its option may  terminate  this lease unless the
Tenant elects to proceed with the Lease without such  approvals..  If there is a
termination  hereunder,  Tenant at its sole cost and  expense  shall  remove any
items of personal property from the Leased Premises and shall repair and restore
the Leased  Premises to their  previous  condition  prior to Tenant fit up, in a
timely and expeditious manner.

                                       32
<PAGE>

13.02 The  Tenant  shall pay to the  Landlord  the sum of Two  Hundred  Fourteen
Thousand Six Hundred-Fifty  ($214,650.00)  Dollars and the Landlord will deliver
to  the  Tenant  a  Bill  of  Sale  for  the  personal  property  and  Leasehold
Improvements ( "Personalty") listed in Exhibit C conveying the Personalty to the
Tenant free of all liens and  encumbrances.  One Hundred Seven  Thousand,  Three
Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($  107,325.00)  shall be paid in or within ten days
of the date the Tenant shall  receive its  regulatory  approvals and the balance
shall be paid on the  earlier of  commencement  date of the Lease or on the date
the Bank opens for  business.  If the Drive-Up  Equipment is not in good working
order,  when  delivered  to the  Tenant,  the Tenant will  notify  Landlord  and
thereafter  the Tenant  will  repair  the same and will  deduct an amount not to
exceed Ten Thousand Dollars  ($10,000.00) for the Drive up equipment repair from
the second installment to be paid to the Landlord.

13.03 In the event the  Landlord  shall lease any portion of the building and or
the ground area to another  financial  services  company that would compete with
Tenant in a line of Tenant's  business,  then the base rent due to the  Landlord
shall be reduced by fifty percent (50) commencing the  commencement  date of the
other such financial services lease,  unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord and
Tenant.

14. Hazardous  Waste:  Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Tenant
of and from any damages, including but not limited to reimbursement for mandated
clean-up,  costs of litigation  and the like,  arising from any hazardous  waste
which may exist on the Leased  Premises,  either at the time of the commencement
date of the lease or  subsequently,  unless such release or threat of release is
due to or caused by Tenant activities or persons or entities under its control.

15.  ARBITRATION.  Any  disagreement  between  the parties  with  respect to the
interpretation  or application  of this lease or the  obligations of the parties
hereunder  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration.  Such  arbitration  shall  be
conducted,  upon  request of either the  Landlord  or the Tenant,  before  three
arbitrators  (unless  the  Landlord  or the  Tenant  agree  to  one  arbitrator)
designated by the American  Arbitration  Association  and in accordance with the
rules of such  Association.  The  arbitrators  designated  and acting under this

                                       33
<PAGE>

lease shall make their award in strict conformity with such rules and shall have
no power to depart from or change any of the provisions thereof.  The expense of
arbitration  proceedings  conducted  hereunder  shall  be borne  equally  by the
parties. All arbitration  proceedings hereunder shall be conducted in the county
in which the leased  property  is  located.  It is agreed  that if at any time a
dispute  shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to
the other under the provisions  hereof, the party against whom the obligation to
pay the money is asserted  shall make payment  "under  protest" and such payment
shall not be regarded as a voluntary  payment and there shall  survive the right
on the part of said party to institute suit for the recovery of such sum, and if
it shall be  adjudged  that  there was no legal  obligation  on the part of said
party to pay such sum or any part  thereof,  said  party  shall be  entitled  to
recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally  required to pay under
the  provisions of this lease;  and if at any time a dispute shall arise between
the parties  hereto as to any work to be  performed  by either of them under the
provisions  hereof, the party against whom the obligation to perform the work is
asserted may perform such work and pay the cost thereof "under  protest" and the
performance  of  such  work  shall  in  no  event  be  regarded  as a  voluntary
performance,  and there  shall  survive  the right on the part of said  party to
institute  suit for the  recovery of the cost of such work,  and, if it shall be
adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of such party to perform
the same or any part  thereof,  said party shall be entitled to recover the cost
of such  work or the  cost of so much  thereof  as said  party  was not  legally
required to perform  under the  provisions of this lease.  16.0 This  instrument
shall be binding upon the parties and their respective succesors and assigns

         WITNESS the execution  hereof in  triplicate  and under seal on the day
and year first above written.

- ------------------------------     -----------------------------
            Witness                            Witness


              LANDLORD: 
                         1168 LAKEVIEW AVENUE REALTY TRUST

                        By: /s/ Fred Faust  
                              Fred Faust 
                              Trustee as aforesaid and notindividually

              TENANT:     
                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY 

                        By: /s/ Robert R. Gilman
                               Robert R. Gilman 
                               Senior Vice President


                                       34



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.15

ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
Lowell, MA 01852
1988 STOCK OPTION PLAN, as amended and restated as of December 1996

1.       Definitions.  As used in this  1988  Stock  Option  Plan of  Enterprise
         Bancorp, Inc., the following terms shall have the following meanings:

         1.1      Board means the Company's Board of Directors.

         1.2      Code  means the  federal  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
                  amended.

         1.3      Company  means  Enterprise  Bancorp.,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts
                  corporation.

         1.4      Continuing  Director  shall have the meaning  defined for such
                  term in the Company's Articles of Organization, as amended.

         1.5      Fair  Market  Value means the value of a share of Stock of the
                  Company  on any  date  as  determined  by the  Board  (or  the
                  committee, if one is appointed pursuant to Section 5).

         1.6      Grant Date means the date as of which an Option is granted, as
                  determined under Section 7.

         1.7      Incentive  Option  means an Option  intended  to  satisfy  the
                  requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

         1.8      Interested Stockholder shall have the meaning defined for such
                  term in the Company's Articles of Organization, as amended.

         1.9      Nonstatutory  Option means any Option that is not an Incentive
                  Option.

         1.10     Option  means an option to  purchase  shares of Stock  granted
                  under the Plan.

         1.11     Option Agreement means an agreement between the Company and an
                  Optionee, setting forth the terms and conditions of an Option.

         1.12     Option  Price  means  the price to be paid by an  Optionee  to
                  acquire Stock under an Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

         1.13     Option  Share  means any share of Stock of the  Company  to be
                  transferred to an Optionee upon exercise of an Option pursuant
                  to the Plan.

         1.14     Optionee  means a person  eligible  to receive  an Option,  as
                  provided  in  Section  6, to whom an  Option  shall  have been
                  granted under the Plan.

         1.15     Plan means  this 1988 Stock  Option  Plan of the  Company,  as
                  amended from time to time.
<PAGE>

                                       -2-


         1.16     Stock means Common  Stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  of the
                  Company.

         1.17     Subsidiary   means   (a)   any   depository   institution   or
                  corporation,  a majority of the  outstanding  voting  stock of
                  which  shall at the time be owned by the  Company or by one or
                  more  Subsidiaries,  or (b) any other entity or enterprise,  a
                  majority  of the equity of which shall at the time be owned by
                  the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries.

         1.18     Ten  Percent  Owner  means a person who is deemed.  within the
                  meaning  of  Section  422(b)(6)  of the  Code,  to  own  stock
                  possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
                  all   classes  of  stock  of  the   Company  (or  any  of  its
                  Subsidiaries).

         1.19     Vesting Year for any portion of any Incentive Option means the
                  calendar  year in  which  that  portion  of the  Option  first
                  becomes exercisable.

2.       Purpose. This Plan is intended to provide an incentive for officers and
         full-time  employees of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  who are in a
         position  to  contribute  materially  to the  long-term  success of the
         Company and to induce the continued service of these individuals and to
         aid in attracting and retaining individuals of outstanding ability. The
         Plan is  intended  to be an  incentive  stock  option  plan  within the
         meaning  of  Section  422 of the  Code  but  not  all  Options  granted
         hereunder are required to be Incentive Options.

3.       Term of the Plan. Options under the Plan may be granted on or after the
         Effective  Date (as defined in Section 20  hereof),  but not later than
         June 20, 1998.

4.       Stock  Subject  to the Plan.  At no time  shall the number of shares of
         Stock  then  outstanding  which are  attributable  to the  exercise  of
         Options granted under the Plan, plus the number of shares then issuable
         upon  exercise of  outstanding  Options  granted  under the Plan exceed
         153,902 shares subject, however, to the provisions of Section 16 of the
         Plan.  Shares to be issued upon the exercise of Options  granted  under
         the Plan  shall be  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Stock.  If any
         Option  expires  or  terminates  for any  reason  without  having  been
         exercised in full, the shares not purchased  thereunder  shall again be
         available for Options thereafter to be granted.

5.       Administration. Unless the Board appoints a committee, consisting of at
         least  three  members of the Board,  to  administer  the Plan (in which
         event  such  committee  shall  be  substituted  for the  Board  for all
         purposes  of this  Section  5). the Plan shall be  administered  by the
         Board.  Subject to the  provisions  of the Plan,  the Board  shall have
         complete authority, in its discretion,  to make or to select the manner
         of making the following  determinations  with respect to each Option to
         be granted  hereunder:  (a) the  employee to receive  the  Option;  (b)
         whether  the  Option  will be an  Incentive  Option  or a  Nonstatutory
         Option;  (c) the time of granting the Option;  (d) the number of shares
         subject thereto;  (e) the Option Price; (f) the Option period;  and (g)
         the Option exercise date or dates. In making such  determinations,  the
         Board may take into account the nature of the services  rendered by the
         respective employees,  their present and potential contributions to the
         success of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  and such other factors as
         the Board in its discretion shall deem relevant. Subject to the

<PAGE>
                                       -3-

         provisions of the Plan, the Board shall also have complete authority to
         interpret  the  Plan,  to  prescribe,   amend  and  rescind  rules  and
         regulations  relating to it, to determine  the terms and  provisions of
         the respective Option Agreements (which need not be identical),  and to
         make  all  other   determinations   necessary  or  advisable   for  the
         administration  of the Plan. The Board's  determinations on the matters
         referred to in this Section 5 shall be conclusive.  It is the intention
         of the  Company  that  the  Plan  shall  be  administered  in a  manner
         consistent  with the  provisions  of Rule 16b-3 as  promulgated  by the
         Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of
         1934, as amended (the "1934 Act").  Action by any  committee  appointed
         pursuant  to this  Section 5 shall  require the  affirmative  vote of a
         majority of all its members.

6.       Eligibility.  An  Option  may be  granted  only to an  employee  of the
         Company or its  Subsidiaries.  A director of one or more of the Company
         or its  Subsidiaries  who is not also an employee of the Company or its
         Subsidiaries shall not be eligible to receive an Option.

7.       Time of Granting Options. The granting of an Option shall take place at
         the time  specified  in the  Option  Agreement.  Only if  expressly  so
         provided in the Option  Agreement,  shall the Grant Date be the date on
         which an Option  Agreement  shall have been duly executed and delivered
         by the Company and the Optionee.

8.       Option Price. The Option Price under each Incentive Option shall be not
         less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Grant Date,
         or not less  than  110% of the Fair  Market  Value of the  Stock on the
         Grant Date if the  Optionee is a Ten Percent  Owner.  The Option  Price
         under each Nonstatutory Option shall not be so limited solely by reason
         of this Section 8.

9.       Option Period Exercisability.

         (a)  No  Incentive  Option  may  be  exercised  later  than  the  tenth
         anniversary  of the Grant  Date  (fifth  anniversary  in the case of an
         Optionee  who is a Ten Percent  Owner).  The Option  period  under each
         Nonstatutory  Option  shall not be so limited  solely by reason of this
         Section 9. An Option shall be exercisable at such time or times, and in
         such  installments,  cumulative  or  noncumulative,  as the  Board  may
         determine.  The Board may  accelerate  the vesting of any Option at any
         time prior to the expiration of such Option,  provided the acceleration
         of any  Incentive  Option  would not cause the Option to fail to comply
         with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

         (b) In the event of a Change in Control of the  Company  (as defined in
         (c) below),  all Options  outstanding  as of the date of such Change in
         Control shall become immediately exercisable.

         (c) Change in Control.  For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control"
         shall be deemed to have occurred in either of the following events: (i)
         if there has  occurred a change in control  which the Company  would be
         required to report in  response  to Item 1 of a Current  Report on Form
         8-K as filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission
         pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 1934
         Act,  or, if such  reporting  obligation  is no longer in  effect,  any
         regulations  promulgated  by the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
         pursuant to the 1934 Act which are intended to serve similar

<PAGE>
                                       -4-

         purposes  or (ii) when any  "person"  (as such term is used in Sections
         13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act) becomes a  "beneficial  owner" (as
         such term is  defined in Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under the 1934 Act),
         directly or  indirectly,  of  securities  of the  Company  representing
         twenty-five  percent  or more of the total  number of votes that may be
         cast for the election of  directors of the Company,  and in the case of
         either (i) or (ii) above,  the Board has not consented to such event by
         a two-thirds  vote of all of its members (unless there is an Interested
         Stockholder,  in which case the  affirmative  vote of two-thirds of the
         Continuing Directors shall also be required).  In addition. a Change in
         Control  shall be deemed to have  occurred  if, as the result of, or in
         connection with, any tender or exchange offer, merger or other business
         combination,  sale of assets or contested election,  or any combination
         of the foregoing  transactions,  the persons who were  directors of the
         Company before such transaction shall cease to constitute a majority of
         the Board or of any successor institution.

10.      Limit on Incentive Option  Characterization.  No Incentive Option shall
         be considered an Incentive  Option to the extent  pursuant to its terms
         if it would  permit the  Optionee to purchase for the first time in any
         Vesting Year under that Incentive Option more than the number of shares
         of Stock  calculated by dividing the current limit by the Option Price.
         The  current  limit for any  Optionee  for any  Vesting  Year  shall be
         $100,000  minus the aggregate Fair Market Value at the date of grant of
         the number of shares of Stock available for purchase for the first time
         in the Vesting Year under each other  Incentive  Option  granted to the
         Optionee under the Plan and each other  incentive  stock option granted
         to the  Optionee  under any other  incentive  stock  option plan of the
         Company (and any of its Subsidiaries).

11.      Exercise of Option.  An Option may be exercised in accordance  with its
         terms by written  notice of intent to exercise  the option,  specifying
         the  number of shares  with  respect  to which the Option is then being
         exercised.  The notice shall be  accompanied  by payment in the form of
         cash or check.  Within 30 days  thereafter but subject to the remaining
         provisions  of the Plan and any other  provisions  of the  Option,  the
         Company  shall  deliver  or cause to be  delivered  to the  Optionee  a
         certificate  or  certificates  for the  number  of  shares  then  being
         purchased. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

12.      Restrictions on Issue of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of
         the Plan, if at any time in the  reasonable  opinion of the Company any
         law or applicable  regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission
         or other public  regulatory  authority shall require the Company or the
         Optionee to register or qualify  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
         amended,  any similar  federal  statute  then in force or any state law
         regulating  the sale of  securities,  any Option Shares with respect to
         which  notice of intent to exercise  shall have been  delivered  to the
         Company or to take any other action in connection with such shares, the
         delivery of the  certificate or  certificates  for such shares shall be
         postponed until completion of the necessary  action,  which the Company
         shall take in good faith and without  delay.  All such action  shall be
         taken by the Company at its own expense.

13.      Notice of Disposition of Stock Prior to Expiration of Specified Holding
         Period; Withholding

         (a)  Whenever  shares  are to be  issued in  satisfaction  of an Option
         granted  hereunder  the  Company  shall have the right to  require  the
         Optionee  to remit to the  Company  an  amount  sufficient  to  satisfy
         federal, state, local or other withholding tax requirements (whether so

<PAGE>
                                       -5-

         required to secure for the Company an otherwise available tax deduction
         or otherwise)  prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates
         for such shares.

         (b) The Company may  require as a condition  to the  issuance of shares
         covered by any Incentive  Option that the party  exercising such Option
         give a written  representation  to the Company which is satisfactory in
         form and  substance  to its  counsel  and upon  which the  Company  may
         reasonably  rely,  that  he or  she  will  report  to the  Company  any
         disposition  of such  shares  prior to the  expiration  of the  holding
         periods  specified  by  Section  422(a)(1)  of the Code.  If and to the
         extent that the  realization  of income in such a  disposition  imposes
         upon  the  Company  federal,  state,  local or  other  withholding  tax
         requirements,  or any such  withholding  is  required to secure for the
         Company an otherwise  available tax  deduction,  the Company shall have
         the right to require that the recipient  remit to the Company an amount
         sufficient to satisfy those  requirements;  and the Company may require
         as a condition to the issuance of shares covered by an Incentive Option
         that the party  exercising  such  option  give a  satisfactory  written
         representation promising to make such a remittance.

14.      Termination  of  Employment.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this
         paragraph or in Section 9(b),  the exercise of all or any portion of an
         Option  granted  under  the  Plan  is  contingent  upon  the  continued
         employment  of the Optionee by the  Company.  In the event the Optionee
         shall cease to be  employed  by the  Company for any reason  other than
         death or physical or mental disability any unexercised  portion of each
         Option granted the Optionee shall  terminate and be of no further force
         or effect.  In the event the Optionee shall cease to be employed by the
         Company on account of death or  physical or mental  disability,  his or
         her  executor or the  Optionee,  as the case may be, may  exercise  any
         unexercised but exercisable Option or portion thereof within the period
         commencing  on the  date of the  Optionee's  death or  disability,  and
         ending on the first  anniversary of the Optionee's death or disability.
         Military,  sick or maternity leave shall not be deemed a termination of
         employment  provided  that it does not exceed the longer of 180 days or
         the period during which the absent employee's  re-employment rights are
         guaranteed by statute or by contract.

15.      Transferability   of  Options.   Options  shall  not  be  transferable,
         otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may
         be exercised during the life of the Optionee only by the Optionee.

16.      Effect of Corporate Transactions.

         (a) Stock  Dividends,  Reclassifications,  Etc.  Each Option  Agreement
         shall provide that in the event of any stock dividend  payable in Stock
         or any  split-up  or  contraction  in the number of shares of the Stock
         occurring  after the date of the Agreement and prior to the exercise in
         full of the  Option,  the number of  remaining  shares  subject to such
         Agreement  and the  price  to be paid  for  each  such  share  shall be
         proportionately  adjusted.  Each such Agreement shall also provide that
         in case of any  reclassification  or other change of outstanding shares
         of the Stock,  shares of stock or other  securities  shall be delivered
         equivalent  in kind and value to those  shares an  Optionee  would have
         received if the Option had been exercised in full immediately  prior to
         such  reclassification  or other  change and had  continued to hold the
         Option Shares  (together  with all other shares,  stock and  securities
         thereafter  issued in respect  thereof) to the time of the  exercise of
         the Option. No fraction of a share shall be purchasable

<PAGE>
                                       -6-

         or deliverable upon exercise, but in the event any adjustment hereunder
         of the number of shares  covered by the Option  shall cause such number
         to  include a  fraction  of a share,  such  number  of shares  shall be
         adjusted to the nearest smaller whole number of shares. In the event of
         changes  in the  outstanding  Stock by reason  of any  stock  dividend,
         split-up, contraction, reclassification, or other change of outstanding
         shares of the Stock of the nature  contemplated by this Section 16, the
         number of  shares of Stock  available  for the  purpose  of the Plan as
         stated in Section 4 shall be correspondingly adjusted.

         (b)  Liquidation.  In the case of the dissolution or liquidation of the
         Company,  the Plan and the Options issued  hereunder shall terminate on
         the  effective  date  of  such  transaction.   In  the  event  of  such
         termination,  all outstanding  options shall be exercisable in full for
         at least fifteen days prior to the date of such termination  whether or
         not otherwise exercisable during such periods.

17.      Reservation of Stock. The Company shall at all times during the term of
         the Plan reserve or otherwise  keep  available such number of shares of
         Stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan and
         shall pay all fees and expenses  necessarily incurred by the Company in
         connection therewith.

18.      Limitation  of Rights in the Option  Shares;  No Special  Employment or
         Other Rights.  The Optionee shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a
         stockholder  of the Company  with  respect to any of the Option  Shares
         except to the extent  that the Option  shall have been  exercised  with
         respect thereto and, in addition,  a certificate shall have been issued
         therefore and delivered to the Optionee.  Any Stock issued  pursuant to
         the  Option  shall be  subject to all  restrictions  upon the  transfer
         thereof  which  may be now or  hereafter  imposed  by the  Articles  of
         Organization or by the bylaws of the Company.  Nothing contained in the
         Plan or in any Option  shall  confer upon any  Optionee  any right with
         respect to the  continuation  of his or her employment with the Company
         or its  Subsidiaries,  or  interfere  in any way with the  right of the
         Company  or its  Subsidiaries,  subject  to the  terms of any  separate
         employment  agreement or provision of law or the Company's  Articles of
         Organization  or bylaws to the contrary,  at any time to terminate such
         employment or to increase or decrease the  compensation of the Optionee
         from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Option.

19.      Termination  and  Amendment  of the  Plan.  The  Board  may at any time
         terminate  the Plan or, from time to time,  amend the Plan,  subject to
         any required  regulatory approval and to the limitation that, except as
         provided in Sections 13 and 16 hereof,  no amendment shall be effective
         unless  approved by the  stockholders of the Company in accordance with
         applicable law and  regulations  (including,  without  limitation,  the
         provisions of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange  Commission) at
         an annual or special  meeting held within twelve months before or after
         the date of adoption of such amendment, where such amendment will:

         (a) increase  the number of shares of Stock as to which  options may be
         granted under the Plan;

         (b) change in substance  Section 6 hereof  relating to  eligibility  to
         participate in the Plan;

         (c) change the minimum option price;

<PAGE>
                                       -7-

         (d) increase the maximum term of options provided herein; or

         (e) otherwise materially increase the benefits accruing to participants
         under the Plan.

         No termination or amendment of the Plan may, without the consent of the
         Optionee  to whom any  Option  shall  theretofore  have  been  granted,
         adversely affect the rights of such Optionee under such Option.

20.      Effectiveness  of Plan. The Plan shall have become  effective as of May
         26, 1989 (the "Effective Date").

21.      Nonexclusivity  of the Plan.  Neither  the  adoption of the Plan by the
         Board nor the submission of the Plan or any  amendments  thereto to the
         stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating
         any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive
         arrangements as it may deem desirable  including,  without  limitation,
         the granting of stock options  otherwise  than under the Plan, and such
         arrangements  may be either  applicable  generally  or only in specific
         cases.

22.      Government and Other Regulations; Governing Law.

         (a) The  obligations of the Company to sell and deliver shares of Stock
         with respect to options  granted under the Plan shall be subject to all
         applicable  laws,  rules  and  regulations,  including  all  applicable
         federal  and  state  securities  laws,  and the  obtaining  of all such
         approvals  by  governmental  agencies  as may be  deemed  necessary  or
         appropriate by the Board.

         (b) The Plan shall be  governed  by  Massachusetts  law,  except to the
         extent that such is preempted by federal law.

         (c) The Plan is intended to comply  with the  provisions  of Rule 16b-3
         promulgated by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under the 1934
         Act. Any provision inconsistent with such rule shall be inoperative and
         shall not affect the validity of the Plan.

23.      Notices and Other Communications.  All notices and other communications
         required or permitted  under the Plan shall be effective in writing and
         if delivered or sent by certified or registered mail,  returned receipt
         requested (a) if to the Optionee,  at his or her residence address last
         filed with the  Company,  and (b) if to the Company,  at 222  Merrimack
         Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852, Attention: George L. Duncan; or to
         such other  persons or  addresses  as the  Optionee  or the Company may
         specify by a written notice to the other from time to time.


                            Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.

                                   Exhibit 21


Name of Subsidiary                                   State Organized
- ------------------                                   ---------------
Enterprise Bank and Trust                            Massachusetts

Enterprise Security Corporation                      Massachusetts
  (Subsidiary of Enterprise Bank and Trust)


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                         19,779
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                         231,838
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                               3,775
<TRADING-ASSETS>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    112,886
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           0
<LOANS>                                        181,695
<ALLOWANCE>                                    4,290
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 322,623
<DEPOSITS>                                     283,861
<SHORT-TERM>                                   12,467
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            2,450
<LONG-TERM>                                    0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       16
<OTHER-SE>                                     23,829
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 322,623
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                15,597
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              7,725
<INTEREST-OTHER>                               0
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                               23,322
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                             8,707
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             9,522
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          13,800
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                  320
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                             (37)
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                10,815
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                4,557
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                     4,557
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   2,912
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  1.85
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  1.81
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                 4.81
<LOANS-NON>                                    1,043
<LOANS-PAST>                                   74
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                               260
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                637
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               3,895
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                  301
<RECOVERIES>                                   376
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              4,290
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                           4,290
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                            0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                        255
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission